summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorManuel Pégourié-Gonnard <mpg@elzevir.fr>2008-06-21 13:58:54 +0000
committerManuel Pégourié-Gonnard <mpg@elzevir.fr>2008-06-21 13:58:54 +0000
commit4683bcefcc8e380dda5f46ff09833a4b9b7f7804 (patch)
tree114f6e4f828c88b59884c61813315b67314dfc54 /Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html
parentbaafafa261f8d350aaed51a28fb3c8627aa78237 (diff)
FAQ-en v3.18
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@8900 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-CD.html8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-PSpreview.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-RCS.html35
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-TeXsystems.html14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-WYGexpts.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-acroantics.html23
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-actinarg.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-activechars.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-addtoreset.html10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-adobetypen.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-algorithms.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-altabcr.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-archives.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsign.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsigns.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibaccent.html8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-biblatex.html46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibplain.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibtranscinit.html42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-braket.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-cancellation.html6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-changebars.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-chngmargonfly.html16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-citeURL.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-codelist.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-conditional.html18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dec_comma.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-destable.html3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dolldoll.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-drawing.html23
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dtx.html10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvi.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvips.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvipsgraphics.html9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-edef.html9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-editors.html12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-endingroup.html5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-errmissitem.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-etex.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-euro.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fig.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-filename.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-findfiles.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixnam.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixwidtab.html19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floatpages.html16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floats.html3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-flushboth.html6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fmtconv.html37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fonts-pln.html12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footintab.html17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footnpp.html19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ftnsect.html3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-getbitmap.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-gethelp.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-hyphoff.html9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-impgraph.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inclplain.html8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-miktex*.html (renamed from Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-miktex.html)29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-scut.html17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-tds-zip.html46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-wlcf.html11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst1cm.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-doc.html18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-find.html32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-unpack.html13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-where.html62
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-installthings.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instmffont.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instprinterfont.html7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instt1font.html118
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-labelfig.html15
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-latexqual.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterclass.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterspace.html15
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-longtab.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-luatex.html7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-man-latex.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-marginparside.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mathml.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-minxampl.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-misssymb.html (renamed from Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-missssymb.html)4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mpprologues.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-msxy.html1
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-multbib.html6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-newlang.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nodollar.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-noline.html8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nopagebrk.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-oddpage.html9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ol-books.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-onecolabs.html54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papergeom.html90
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papersize.html97
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-parallel.html5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-patch.html51
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pk.html21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkfix.html21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkgdoc.html5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-plninltxstar.html10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-poster.html20
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-prept1font.html56
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-previewers.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-proof.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-protect.html62
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfchoice.html60
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfontprob.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ragright.html16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-readtex.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-reallyblank.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secnumdep.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secthead.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-setURL.html3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slashbox.html1
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slidecls.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-spell.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tds-zip.html19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-textflow.html41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tfm.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-the-commands.html14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-theoremfmt.html18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tocbibind.html5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-topgraph.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-triptrap.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-type1T1.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-typebooks.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-underscore.html11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-useMF.html23
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-uselmfonts.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-varwidth.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-verbfile.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-vertposfp.html10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-webpkgs.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-what-TDS.html50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-whereFAQ.html4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-wholerow.html3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-xetex.html2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-y2k.html6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/index.html25
140 files changed, 1112 insertions, 709 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-CD.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-CD.html
index e902260d572..42f4b0a63f8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-CD.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-CD.html
@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ great convenience.
ready-to-run TeX systems for various architectures. Contents of
the collection are:
<ul>
-<li> The TeX-live installation disc (a CD) provides TeX
+<li> The TeX Live installation disc (a CD) provides TeX
systems for use on GNU-Linux, MacOS/X and Win-32
architectures;
-<li> The TeX-live &lsquo;Live&rsquo; disc (a DVD) providing TeX for
+<li> The TeX Live &lsquo;Live&rsquo; disc (a DVD) providing TeX for
a wider range of architectures;
<li> MacTeX: an easy to install TeX system for MacOS/X, based
- on TeX-live, and including the
+ on TeX Live, and including the
<a href="http://www.uoregon.edu/~koch/texshop/">texshop front-end</a>
and other tools;
<li> ProTeXt: an easy to install TeX system for Windows, based
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ contact your local user group or <a href="FAQ-TUGstar.html">TUG</a>.
<p/>You may also download disc images from CTAN; the installation
disc, ProTeXt and MacTeX are all separately available. Beware:
they are all pretty large downloads.
-<p/>Moew details of the collection are available from its own
+<p/>More details of the collection are available from its own
<a href="http://www.tug.org/texcollection/">web page</a>
on the TUG site.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html
index 3cda1f19b98..ab94f60b823 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html
@@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ minor modifications (though some will require substantial work).
elements, and LaTeX has a wider range of such elements than does
Plain TeX. As a result, the mapping from LaTeX to Plain TeX
is far less clear than that in the other direction &mdash; see a later
-answer about
- <a href="FAQ-LaTeXtoPlain.html">translating to Plain TeX</a>.
-
+answer about <a href="FAQ-LaTeXtoPlain.html">translating to Plain TeX</a>.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=LaTeXandPlain">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=LaTeXandPlain</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-PSpreview.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-PSpreview.html
index 6808d33ebb8..8b6bd2a9737 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-PSpreview.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-PSpreview.html
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ this, you have three options:
-\typeout{after narrowversion, before wideversion}
+
(See <a href="FAQ-commercial.html">commercial suppliers</a> for details.)
-\typeout{after wideversion}
+
<li> If you have the PostScript fonts in Type 1 format,
use <i>ps2pk</i> or <i>gsftopk</i>
(designed for use with the <i>ghostscript</i> fonts) to make
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-RCS.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-RCS.html
index 1f52dd9b60b..7d6ffc3b674 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-RCS.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-RCS.html
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
<head>
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label RCS</title>
</head><body>
-<h3>Version control using RCS, CVS or <i>Subversion</i></h3>
-<p/>If you use RCS, CVS or <i>Subversion</i> to maintain
+<h3>Version control using RCS, CVS or the like</h3>
+<p/>If you use RCS, CVS, <i>Subversion</i>,
+<i>Bazaar</i> or <i>Git</i> to maintain
your (La)TeX documents under version control, you may need some
mechanism for including the version details in your document, in such
a way that they can be typeset (that is, rather than just hiding them
@@ -19,14 +20,14 @@ following minimal solution:
<blockquote>
<pre>
\def\RCS$#1: #2 ${\expandafter\def\csname RCS#1\endcsname{#2}}
-\RCS$Revision: 1.498 $ % or any RCS keyword
-\RCS$Date: 2007/11/05 22:31:23 $
+\RCS$Revision: 1.548 $ % or any RCS keyword
+\RCS$Date: 2008/06/20 13:37:44 $
...
\date{Revision \RCSRevision, \RCSDate}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-<p/>If you&rsquo;ve entered the brave new world of <i>subversion</i>, the
+<p/>If you&rsquo;ve entered the brave new world of <i>Subversion</i>, the
package <i>svn</i> may be for you. It has explicit cleverness
about dealing with dates:
<blockquote>
@@ -45,18 +46,28 @@ about dealing with dates:
will (once <i>subversion</i> has committed a copy of the document)
cause <code>\</code><code>maketitle</code> use the date that has been written into the
<code>$Date$</code> keyword.
-<p/>The alternative is the <i>svninfo</i> package, which has much the
-same mechanisms as does <i>svn</i> but with a rather different
-focus. <i>Svninfo</i> does the date trick that <i>svn</i>
-performs (controlled by a package option), and can set up page
-foot-lines using <a href="FAQ-fancyhdr.html">package <i>fancyhdr</i></a>.
-There isn&rsquo;t much to choose between the two packages: you should read
-the packages&rsquo; documentation to see which you find best.
+<p/>Another alternative for <i>Subversion</i> users is the
+<i>svninfo</i> package, which has much the same mechanisms as does
+<i>svn</i> but with a rather different focus. <i>Svninfo</i>
+does the date trick that <i>svn</i> performs (controlled by a
+package option), and can set up page foot-lines using
+<a href="FAQ-fancyhdr.html">package <i>fancyhdr</i></a>. There isn&rsquo;t much to
+choose between the two packages: you should read the packages&rsquo;
+documentation to see which suits you best.
+<p/>An alternative script-based approach to version control has been taken
+by the <i>vc</i> bundle, that in certain situations might work more
+reliably than any of the packages mentioned above. The <i>vc</i>
+bundle supports <i>Bazaar</i>, <i>Git</i> and
+<i>Subversion</i> usage and works with both LaTeX and
+Plain TeX. Note that <i>vc</i> is the only option that
+currently claims to support <i>Bazaar</i>- and
+<i>Git</i>-controlled repositories.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>rcs.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rcs.zip">macros/latex/contrib/rcs</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rcs.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rcs/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>rcsinfo.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rcsinfo.zip">macros/latex/contrib/rcsinfo</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rcsinfo.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rcsinfo/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>svn.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/svn.zip">macros/latex/contrib/svn</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/svn.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/svn/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>svninfo.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/svninfo.zip">macros/latex/contrib/svninfo</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/svninfo.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/svninfo/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>vc</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vc.zip">support/vc</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vc.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/vc/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=RCS">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=RCS</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-TeXsystems.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-TeXsystems.html
index b0ab7d2e143..40217a1f6c7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-TeXsystems.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-TeXsystems.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
<dl>
<dt>Unix<dd> The only current distribution of TeX for Unix systems
(including GNU/Linux and other free Unix-like systems) is
- TeX-live, which is distributed as part of the
+ TeX Live, which is distributed as part of the
<a href="FAQ-CD.html">TeX collection</a>.
<p/> Members of many TeX user groups receive copies of the collection
(on CD and DVD), as part of their membership of the
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>texlive</i></tt><dd>Browse <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/texlive/">systems/texlive/</a>
</dl>
-<dt>Linux<dd> GNU/Linux users are supported by TeX-live (as noted
+<dt>Linux<dd> GNU/Linux users are supported by TeX Live (as noted
above).
<p/> A free version of the commercial
<a href="FAQ-commercial.html">VTeX extended TeX system</a> is available
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
setup with some further useful utilities, together with a PDF
file which contains clickable links for the various installation
steps, along with explanations.
-<p/> Windows users are also supported directly by the TeX-live
+<p/> Windows users are also supported directly by the TeX Live
distribution; a system is provided on the installation disc of the
TeX collection (and it can, with some difficulty, be run &ldquo;from
the disc&rdquo; without installing <em>anything</em>).
@@ -73,13 +73,13 @@
<a href="http://www.cygwin.com">CygWin bundle</a>, which presents a
Unix-like environment over the Win32 interface; an X-windows server
is available. If you run CygWin on your Windows machine, you have
- the option of using TeX-live, too (you will need the X-server, to
- run <i>xdvi</i>). Of course, TeX-live components will look like
+ the option of using TeX Live, too (you will need the X-server, to
+ run <i>xdvi</i>). Of course, TeX Live components will look like
Unix applications (of course, that&rsquo;s presumably what you wanted),
but TeX under CygWin also reputedly somewhat slower than native
Win32 implementations such as MiKTeX or XEmTeX. The (now
obsolete) teTeX distribution is provided as part of the CygWin
- distribution, and but you can build your own copy of TeX-live from
+ distribution, and but you can build your own copy of TeX Live from
the current sources.
<p/> BaKoMa TeX, by Basil Malyshev, is a comprehensive (shareware)
distribution, which focuses on support of Acrobat. The distribution
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
sufficiently recent MacOS with CarbonLib
(v1.3 for OzTeX, v1.4 for CMacTeX).
-<p/> From its 2005 release, the <a href="FAQ-CD.html">TeX-live disc set</a>
+<p/> From its 2005 release, the <a href="FAQ-CD.html">TeX Live disc set</a>
includes MacTeX. Details (and a downloadable distribution set)
may be found on the
<a href="http://tug.org/mactex">TUG web site</a>; the distribution
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-WYGexpts.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-WYGexpts.html
index 2daf0143688..5de14a4523d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-WYGexpts.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-WYGexpts.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ previewing: all of them can be activated at the same time without
actually interfering in their respective tasks.
<p/>The different approaches offer various choices differing in the
immediacy of their response, the screen area they work on (source or
-separate window), degree of correspondance of the display to the final
+separate window), degree of correspondence of the display to the final
output, and the balance they strike between visual aid and visual
distraction.
<dl>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-acroantics.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-acroantics.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9768f8a3c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-acroantics.html
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<head>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label acroantics</title>
+</head><body>
+<h3>Adobe <i>Reader</i> messing with print size</h3>
+<p/>Printing from Adobe <i>Reader</i> shrinks the page &ldquo;to fit&rdquo;
+(<em>by default</em>). Unfortunately, its calculation doesn&rsquo;t consider
+the existing margins of the document, so that it shrinks what it
+believes is your whole page onto what it believes is its output page.
+The effect typically looks as if your margins have expanded.
+<p/>Solve this problem by adjusting the <i>Reader</i>&rsquo;s default in the
+print dialogue; unfortunately, this dialogue varies from one version
+to the next. On <i>Reader</i> version 7, there are two entries to
+check:
+<blockquote>
+ Page Scaling (default: &ldquo;Fit to printer margins&rdquo;) &mdash; change to
+ &ldquo;None&rdquo;, and<br>
+ Scale (default 95% of Normal size) &mdash; change to
+ &ldquo;100%&rdquo;.
+
+
+</blockquote><p>
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=acroantics">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=acroantics</a>
+</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-actinarg.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-actinarg.html
index c4896bbf060..7d024d8dd5c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-actinarg.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-actinarg.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ and we can use the command as <code>\</code><code>chord{F#}</code> or
doesn&rsquo;t require any special attention.
</ul>
<p/>Note that the technique used in such macros as <code>\</code><code>chord</code>, here, is
-analagous to that used in such commands as <code>\</code><code>verb</code>; and, in just the
+analogous to that used in such commands as <code>\</code><code>verb</code>; and, in just the
same way as <code>\</code><code>verb</code> (see
&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-verbwithin.html"><code>\</code><code>verb</code> doesn&rsquo;t work in arguments</a>&rdquo;),
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-activechars.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-activechars.html
index 3603f16be4e..7bb7a695e11 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-activechars.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-activechars.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ For example, the definition
}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-does not work because it attemts to define an ordinary <code>_</code> character:
+does not work because it attempts to define an ordinary <code>_</code> character:
When the macro is used, the category change does not apply to the
underscore character already in the macro definition. Instead, one may
use:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-addtoreset.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-addtoreset.html
index 3fe06ce167f..219c4a1d6ba 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-addtoreset.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-addtoreset.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ done automatically, when the &ldquo;master&rdquo; counter is stepped (when the
<code>chapter</code> counter is stepped, and all the dependent counters are set
to zero).
<p/>How would you do that for yourself? You might want to number
-algorithms per section, or corrollaries per theorem, for example. If
+algorithms per section, or corollaries per theorem, for example. If
you&rsquo;re defining these things by hand, you declare the relationship
when you define the counter in the first place:
<blockquote>
@@ -35,17 +35,17 @@ command into a command <code>\</code><code>counterwithin</code>. So:
\counterwithin*{corrollary}{theorem}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-will make the corrollary counter slave to theorem counters. The
+will make the corollary counter slave to theorem counters. The
command without its asterisk:
<blockquote>
<pre>
\counterwithin{corrollary}{theorem}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-will do the same, and also redefine <code>\</code><code>thecorrollary</code> as
+will do the same, and also redefine <code>\</code><code>thecorollary</code> as
&lt;<i>theorem number</i>&gt;.&lt;<i>corollary number</i>&gt;, which is a good scheme
-if you ever want to refer to the corrollaries &mdash; there are potentially
-many &ldquo;corrollary 1&rdquo; in any document, so it&rsquo;s as well to tie its number
+if you ever want to refer to the corollaries &mdash; there are potentially
+many &ldquo;corollary 1&rdquo; in any document, so it&rsquo;s as well to tie its number
to the counter of the theorem it belongs to. This is true of pretty
much any such counter-within-another; if you&rsquo;re not using the
<i>chngcntr</i>, refer to the answer to
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-adobetypen.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-adobetypen.html
index 5ef701d5a78..570d284480a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-adobetypen.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-adobetypen.html
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ is therefore the natural format to be used for programs such as
<i>dvips</i> when they auto-generate something to represent
Metafont-generated fonts in a PostScript file. It&rsquo;s Adobe Acrobat Viewer&rsquo;s
treatment of bitmap Type 3 fonts that has made direct Metafont output
-inreasingly unattractive, in recent years. If you have a PDF
+increasingly unattractive, in recent years. If you have a PDF
document in which the text looks fuzzy and uneven in Acrobat Reader,
ask Reader for the <code>File</code>-&gt;
<code>Document Properties</code>-&gt;
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-algorithms.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-algorithms.html
index 90868d69ce4..61cf79d5c30 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-algorithms.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-algorithms.html
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ uses the facilities of the <i>float</i> package to number
algorithms sequentially, enable algorithms to float like figures or
tables, and support including a List of Algorithms in a document&rsquo;s
front matter.
-<p/>Packages in the <i>algorithmicx</i> bundle are similiar both in
+<p/>Packages in the <i>algorithmicx</i> bundle are similar both in
concept and output form to <i>algorithmic</i> but additionally
provide support for adding new keywords and altering the formatting.
It provides the <i>algpseudocode</i> package which is (almost) a
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-altabcr.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-altabcr.html
index 943c835ebf6..b895f454cad 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-altabcr.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-altabcr.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ is:
\end{tabular}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-where the &lsquo;\bsbs&rsquo; has been missed from the first line of the table.
+where the &lsquo;<code>\\</code>&rsquo; has been missed from the first line of the table.
In this case, if you continue from the error, you will find that
LaTeX has made a table equivalent to:
<blockquote>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-archives.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-archives.html
index 92e541b2fb0..c5d5971f4f9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-archives.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-archives.html
@@ -42,6 +42,6 @@ connect you to the <i>footmisc</i> directory &mdash; note that the
&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-findfiles.html">finding (La)TeX files</a>&rdquo;.
<p/>The TeX user who has no access to any sort of
network may buy a copy of the archive as part of the
-<a href="FAQ-CD.html">TeX-live distribution</a>.
+<a href="FAQ-CD.html">TeX Live distribution</a>.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=archives">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=archives</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsign.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsign.html
index de7322ecb64..7f2c267226b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsign.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsign.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label atsign</title>
</head><body>
<h3>How to type an &lsquo;@&rsquo; sign?</h3>
-<p/>Long ago, some packages used to make the &lsquo;@&rsquo; sign active, so that
+<p/>Long ago, some packages used to use the &lsquo;@&rsquo; sign as a command, so that
special measures were needed to type it. While those packages are
still in principle available, few people use them, and those that do
use them have ready access to rather good documentation.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsigns.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsigns.html
index f3aa3f6a649..1c73cdc7fbe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsigns.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-atsigns.html
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ normally use in our documents. In order that these commands may work
at all, <code>\</code><code>documentclass</code> and <code>\</code><code>usepackage</code> play around with the
meaning of <code>@</code>.
<p/>If you&rsquo;ve included a file some other way (for example, using
-<code>\</code><code>input</code>), you can probablysolve the problem by using the correct
+<code>\</code><code>input</code>), you can probably solve the problem by using the correct
command.
<p/>If you&rsquo;re using a fragment of a package or class, you may well feel
confused: books such as the first edition of the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibaccent.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibaccent.html
index 6319f7c5ae2..2e9553e7a6e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibaccent.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibaccent.html
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
<a href="FAQ-capbibtex.html">case of letters in your bibliography</a>,
also makes a hash of accent commands:
-&ldquo;<code>ma\~nana</code>&rdquo; comes out as &ldquo;ma nana&rdquo; (!). The solution is
-similar: enclose the troublesome sequence in braces, as
-&ldquo;<code>{</code><code>\~n</code><code>}</code>&rdquo;, in this example.
-
+&ldquo;<code>ma</code><code>\</code><code>~</code><code>nana</code>&rdquo; comes out as &ldquo;ma
+nana&rdquo; (!). The solution is similar that of the letter case problem:
+enclose the troublesome sequence in braces, as
+&ldquo;<code>{</code><code>\</code><code>~</code><code>n}</code>&rdquo;, in this example.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibaccent">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibaccent</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-biblatex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-biblatex.html
index e0606824e69..055e46b3acb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-biblatex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-biblatex.html
@@ -3,15 +3,42 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Replacing the BibTeX&ndash;LaTeX mechanism</h3>
<p/>Producing a successor to BibTeX has long been a favoured activity
-among a certain class of TeX-users; the author has seen many
-reports of progress (on many projects), over the years, yet few
-announcements of packages we can use. (There are probably usable
-packages out there, but none that I know of.)
-<p/>Two interesting approaches, that the author has investigated, are
-<i>amsrefs</i> and <i>biblatex</i>. <i>Amsrefs</i> does away
-with BibTeX altogether, while <i>biblatex</i> makes rather
-limited use of BibTeX. Both are heavily dependent on LaTeX&rsquo;s
-support.
+among a certain class of TeX-users; the author has seen reports of
+progress (on several projects), over the years, but few that claim to
+be ready for &ldquo;real-world&rdquo; use.
+<p/>Few would deny that BibTeX is ripe for renewal: as originally
+conceived, it was a program for creating bibliographies for technical
+documents, in English. People have contributed mechanisms for a
+degree of multilingual use (whose techniques are arcane, and quite
+likely inextensible); and specialist BibTeX style files are
+available for use in non-technical papers.
+<p/>BibTeX uses a style language whose mechanisms are unfamiliar to
+most current programmers: it&rsquo;s difficult to learn, but since there are
+fewer opportunities to write the language, it&rsquo;s also difficult to become
+fluent (in the way that so many people fluently write the equally
+arcane TeX macro language).
+<p/>Oren Patashnik (the author of BibTeX) summarises the issues as he
+sees them, in a
+<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb24-1/patashnik.pdf">TUG conference paper from 2003</a>
+that seems to suggest that we might expect a
+BibTeX 1.0...which hasn&rsquo;t (yet) appeared.
+<p/>In the absence of BibTeX 1.0, what do we need from the bibliography
+system of the future? &mdash; simple: a superset of what BibTeX does
+(or can be made to do), implemented in a simpler style language, with
+coherent multilingual capabilities.
+<p/>Of the direct BibTeX replacements, the only one whose authors have
+sufficient confidence to submit to CTAN is CrossTeX.
+CrossTeX&rsquo;s language feels familiar to the existing user of
+BibTeX, but it&rsquo;s redesigned in an object-oriented style, and looks
+(to a non-user) as if it may well be adequately flexible.
+<p/>CrossTeX&rsquo;s team respond to queries, and seem well aware of the
+need for multilingual support. CrossTeX is probably a development
+to watch.
+<p/>Two interesting alternative approaches, that the author has
+investigated, are <i>amsrefs</i> and <i>biblatex</i>.
+<i>Amsrefs</i> does away with BibTeX altogether, while
+<i>biblatex</i> makes rather limited use of BibTeX. Both are
+heavily dependent on LaTeX&rsquo;s support.
<p/><i>Amsrefs</i> uses a transformed <code>.bib</code> file, which is
expressed as LaTeX macros. (The package provides a BibTeX style
that performs the transformation, so that a LaTeX source containing
@@ -36,6 +63,7 @@ users is already establishing itself.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>amsrefs.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/amsrefs.zip">macros/latex/contrib/amsrefs</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/amsrefs.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/amsrefs/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>biblatex.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex.zip">macros/latex/exptl/biblatex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>CrossTeX</i></tt><dd><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/biblio/crosstex/">biblio/crosstex/</a>
</dl>
<p/>
<p/>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibplain.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibplain.html
index 4bdbce06271..6e2fc9e212b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibplain.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibplain.html
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Using BibTeX with Plain TeX</h3>
<p/>The file <i>btxmac.tex</i> (which is part of the Eplain system)
-contains macros and documentation for using BibTeX with Plain
-TeX, either directly or with <a href="FAQ-eplain.html">Eplain</a>. See
+contains macros and documentation for using BibTeX with
+Plain TeX, either directly or with <a href="FAQ-eplain.html">Eplain</a>. See
<a href="FAQ-BibTeXing.html">the use of BibTeX</a> for more
information about BibTeX itself.
<dl>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibtranscinit.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibtranscinit.html
index 076487e64fb..4d2b65ca6cc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibtranscinit.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-bibtranscinit.html
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
<head>
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label bibtranscinit</title>
</head><body>
-<h3>Transcribed initials in BibTeX</h3>
+<h3>&lsquo;Multi-letter&rsquo; initials in BibTeX</h3>
+<!-- compound initials, transcribed initials -->
<p/>If your bibliographic style uses initials + surname, you may encounter
a problem with some transcribed names (for example, Russian ones).
Consider the following example from the real world:
@@ -48,8 +49,43 @@ does nothing:
}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
+
Like the solution by generating extra commands, this involves tedious
extra typing; which of the two techniques is preferable for a given
-bibliography will be determined by the names in it.
-<p/><p/><p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtranscinit">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtranscinit</a>
+bibliography will be determined by the names in it. It should be
+noted that a preamble that introduces lots of odd commands is usually
+undesirable if the bibliography is a shared one.
+<p/>&ldquo;Compound&rdquo; initials (for single names made up of two or more words)
+may be treated in the same way, so one can enter Forster&rsquo;s rather
+complicated name as:
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+@article{forster2006,
+ author = {Forster, P.M. {\relax de F.} and Collins, M.},
+ title = ...
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+
+The same trick can be played if you&rsquo;re entering whole names:
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+...
+ author = {Epifanov, Sasha {\relax Yu}ri and
+...
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+(though no guarantee, that either of those names is right, is
+offered!)
+However, if you&rsquo;re typing the names in the &ldquo;natural&rdquo; (Western) way,
+with given names first, the trick:
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+...
+ author = {P.M. {\relax de F.} Forster and
+...
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+doesn&rsquo;t work &mdash; &ldquo;de F. Forster&rdquo; is treated as a compound family
+names.
+<p/><p/><p/><p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtranscinit">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibtranscinit</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-braket.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-braket.html
index 7d05cc3c7ca..a43bde32fba 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-braket.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-braket.html
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ middle of mathematical expressions. TeX provides primitives called
<code>\</code><code>left</code> and <code>\</code><code>right</code>, which can be used to modify brackets (of
whatever sort) around a mathematical expression, as in:
-<code>\left( &lt;expression&gt; \right)</code> &mdash; the size of the parentheses is
-matched to the vertical extent of the expression.
+<code>\</code><code>left(</code><code> &lt;expression&gt; </code><code>\</code><code>right)</code> &mdash; the size of the
+parentheses is matched to the vertical extent of the expression.
<p/>However, in all sorts of mathematical enterprises one may find oneself
needing a <code>\</code><code>middle</code> command, to be used in expressions like
<blockquote>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-cancellation.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-cancellation.html
index cbc8bcdb45a..68d98f6654e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-cancellation.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-cancellation.html
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
<h3>Cancelling terms in maths expressions</h3>
<p/>A technique used when explaining the behaviour of expressions or
equations (often for pedagogical purposes). The <i>cancel</i>
-package provides several variants of cancellation marks (&ldquo;<code>\</code>&rdquo;,
-&ldquo;<code>/</code>&rdquo; and &ldquo;<code>X</code>&rdquo;), and a means of cancelling &lsquo;to&rsquo; a particular
-value.
+package provides several variants of cancellation marks
+(&ldquo;<code>\</code>&rdquo;, &ldquo;<code>/</code>&rdquo; and &ldquo;<code>X</code>&rdquo;), and
+a means of cancelling &lsquo;to&rsquo; a particular value.
<p/>Documentation of <i>cancel</i> is in the package file.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>cancel.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/cancel.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/cancel.sty</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-changebars.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-changebars.html
index 1c0915f7768..c7a89b8a53a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-changebars.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-changebars.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ which you can obviously use to delimit areas of changed text.
<p/>An even more comprehensive way to keep track of changes is employed by
some word-processors &mdash; to produce a document that embodies both
&ldquo;old&rdquo; and &ldquo;new&rdquo; versions.
-<p/>To this end, he package <i>changes</i> allows the user to manually
+<p/>To this end, the package <i>changes</i> allows the user to manually
markup changes of text, such as additions, deletions, or replacements.
Changed text is shown in a different colour; deleted text is crossed
out. The package allows you to define additional authors and their
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-chngmargonfly.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-chngmargonfly.html
index 73bf3701572..18c0bec481d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-chngmargonfly.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-chngmargonfly.html
@@ -36,14 +36,15 @@ environment (which is a close relation of the LaTeX
<code>quote</code> environment) <em>doesn&rsquo;t</em> change the text width
as far as TeX is concerned: it merely moves text around inside the
width that TeX believes in.
-<p/>The <i>chngpage</i> package provides ready-built commands to do the
+<p/>The <i>changepage</i> package provides ready-built commands to do the
above; it includes provision for changing the shifts applied to your
-text according to whether you&rsquo;re on an odd or an even page of a
-two-sided document. The package&rsquo;s documentation (in the file itself)
-suggests a strategy for changing text dimensions between pages &mdash; as
-mentioned above, changing the text dimensions within the body of a
-page may lead to unpredictable results.
-<p/>Changing the vertical dimensions of a page is clunkier still: the
+text according to whether you&rsquo;re on an odd (<em>recto</em>) or an even
+(<em>verso</em>) page of a two-sided document.
+<p/>The (earlier) package <i>chngpage</i> provides the same facilities,
+but it uses rather different syntax. <i>Changepage</i>&rsquo;s structure
+matches that of the <i>memoir</i> class, and it should be used for
+any new work.
+<p/>Changing the vertical dimensions of a page is more clumsy still: the
LaTeX command <code>\</code><code>enlargethispage</code> adjusts the size of the current
page by the size of its argument. Common uses are
<blockquote>
@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ to make the page one line longer, or
</blockquote><p>
to make the page one line shorter.
<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>changepage.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/changepage.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/changepage.sty</a>
<dt><tt><i>chngpage.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty</a>
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=chngmargonfly">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=chngmargonfly</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-citeURL.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-citeURL.html
index 911b74604f7..ebe82a177d8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-citeURL.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-citeURL.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<h3>URLs in BibTeX bibliographies</h3>
<p/>There is no citation type for URLs, <em>per se</em>, in the
standard BibTeX styles, though Oren Patashnik (the author of
-BibTeX) is believed to beconsidering developing one such for use
+BibTeX) is believed to be considering developing one such for use
with the long-awaited BibTeX version 1.0.
<p/>The actual information that need be available in a citation of an
URL is discussed at some length in the publicly available
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-codelist.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-codelist.html
index a734782fae6..4ec9f46961d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-codelist.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-codelist.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ program (implicitly) claims to be &ldquo;self-documenting&rdquo;.
<dt><tt><i>c2latex</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/c2latex.zip">support/c2latex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/c2latex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/c2latex/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>C++2LaTeX</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/C++2LaTeX-1_1pl1.zip">support/C++2LaTeX-1_1pl1</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/C++2LaTeX-1_1pl1.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/C++2LaTeX-1_1pl1/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>highlight</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/highlight.zip">support/highlight</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/highlight.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/highlight/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>lgrind</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/nonfree/support/lgrind.zip">nonfree/support/lgrind</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/nonfree/support/lgrind.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/nonfree/support/lgrind/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>lgrind</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lgrind.zip">support/lgrind</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lgrind.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/lgrind/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>listings.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings.zip">macros/latex/contrib/listings</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>tgrind</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/tgrind.zip">support/tgrind</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/tgrind.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/tgrind/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>tiny_c2l</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/tiny_c2l.zip">support/tiny_c2l</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/tiny_c2l.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/tiny_c2l/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-conditional.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-conditional.html
index b76b84ca806..cba1c195363 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-conditional.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-conditional.html
@@ -6,19 +6,19 @@
compiler, people regularly want to do compiler-like things using it.
Common requirements are conditional &lsquo;compilation&rsquo; and &lsquo;block
comments&rsquo;, and several LaTeX-specific means to this end are available.
-<p/>The simple <code>\</code><code>newcommand{<code>\</code><code>gobble</code>}[1]</code><code>{</code><code>}</code> and
-<code>\</code><code>iffalse</code><code> ... </code><code>\</code><code>fi</code> aren&rsquo;t really satisfactory (as a general
-solution) for comments, since the matter being skipped is nevertheless
-scanned by TeX, not always as you would expect. The scanning
-imposes restrictions on what you&rsquo;re allowed to skip; this may not be a
-problem in <em>today&rsquo;s</em> job, but could return to bite you tomorrow.
-For an example of surprises that may come to bite you, consider the
-following example (derived from real user experience):
+<p/>The simple <code>\</code><code>newcommand{<code>\</code><code>gobble</code>}[1]</code><code>{</code><code>}</code>
+and <code>\</code><code>iffalse</code><code> ... </code><code>\</code><code>fi</code> aren&rsquo;t really satisfactory (as
+a general solution) for comments, since the matter being skipped is
+nevertheless scanned by TeX, not always as you would expect. The
+scanning imposes restrictions on what you&rsquo;re allowed to skip; this may
+not be a problem in <em>today&rsquo;s</em> job, but could return to bite you
+tomorrow. For an example of surprises that may come to bite you,
+consider the following example (derived from real user experience):
<blockquote>
<pre>
\iffalse % ignoring this bit
consider what happens if we
-use \verb|\iftrue| -- a surprise
+use \verb+\iftrue+ -- a surprise
\fi
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dec_comma.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dec_comma.html
index 0483d24f15c..8c4bc8f9ae9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dec_comma.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dec_comma.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ lot of numbers.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>icomma.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/was.zip">macros/latex/contrib/was</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/was.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/was/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>numprint.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/numprint.zip">macros/latex/contrib/numprint</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/numprint.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/numprint/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>ziffer.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ziffer.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/ziffer.sty</a>
+<dt><tt><i>ziffer.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ziffer.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ziffer</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ziffer.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ziffer/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dec_comma">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dec_comma</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-destable.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-destable.html
index df8a05647fc..53ed96568b7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-destable.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-destable.html
@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ with an option that has the same effect:
</blockquote><p>
<p/>Doing the job yourself is pretty easy: <i>topcapt</i> switches the
values of the LaTeX2e parameters <code>\</code><code>abovecaptionskip</code> (default
-value <code>10pt</code>) and <code>\</code><code>belowcaptionskip</code> (default value <code>0pt</code>), so:
+value <code>10pt</code>) and <code>\</code><code>belowcaptionskip</code> (default value
+<code>0pt</code>), so:
<blockquote>
<pre>
\begin{table}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dolldoll.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dolldoll.html
index 5c1c9bfffad..3c4ccb76671 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dolldoll.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dolldoll.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Why use <code>\</code><code>[</code> ...<code>\</code><code>]</code> in place of <code>$$</code> ...<code>$$</code>?</h3>
<p/>LaTeX defines inline- and display-maths commands, apparently
-analagous to those that derive from the TeX primitive maths
+analogous to those that derive from the TeX primitive maths
sequences bracketing maths commands with single dollar signs (or pairs
of dollar signs).
<p/>As it turns out, LaTeX&rsquo;s inline maths grouping,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-drawing.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-drawing.html
index 1f4478df3b8..5cd801f9013 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-drawing.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-drawing.html
@@ -18,25 +18,25 @@ of drawing, and setup, here are a few systems you may consider:
useful tool than the original environment has ever been. (Note that
<i>pict2e</i> supersedes David Carlisle&rsquo;s stop-gap
<i>pspicture</i>.)
-<li> <i>pstricks</i>; this gives you access to all the power of
+<li> <i>PSTricks</i>; this gives you access to all the power of
PostScript from TeX itself, by sophisticated use of
<a href="FAQ-specials.html"><code>\</code><code>special</code> commands</a>. Since PostScript is itself a
- pretty powerful programming language, this means there are many
- astounding things that can in principle be achieved.
+ pretty powerful programming language, many astounding things can in
+ principle be achieved using <i>PSTricks</i>.
<i>pstricks</i>&rsquo; <code>\</code><code>special</code>s are
by default specific to <i>dvips</i>, but VTeX (both in its
commercial and in its free versions) understands them. PDFTeX
- users may use <i>pdftricks</i>, which (like
+ users may use <i>pst-pdf</i>, which (like
<i>epstopdf</i> &mdash; see
<a href="FAQ-pdftexgraphics.html">PDFLaTeX graphics</a>) generates
- PDF files on the fly from <i>pstricks</i> commands. The
- documentation is good (you may browse it via the
- <a href="http://pstricks.tug.org/"><i>pstricks</a> page</i>
- on the TUG web site). There is also a mailing list
+ PDF files using an auxiliary program, from <i>PSTricks</i>
+ commands (<i>pst-pdf</i> also requires a recent installation of
+ the <i>preview</i> package).
+<p/> There is a <i>PSTricks</i> mailing list
(<a href="mailto:pstricks@tug.org"><i>pstricks@tug.org</i></a>) which you may
<a href="http://tug.org/mailman/listinfo/pstricks">join</a>, or you may
- just
- browse the <a href="http://tug.org/pipermail/pstricks/">list archives</a>.
+ just browse the
+ <a href="http://tug.org/pipermail/pstricks/">list archives</a>.
<li> <i>pgf</i>: while <i>pstricks</i> is very powerful and
convenient, using it with PDFLaTeX is an awful fidget: if you
simply want the graphical capabilities, <i>pgf</i>, together with
@@ -65,8 +65,9 @@ of drawing, and setup, here are a few systems you may consider:
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>dratex.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/dratex.zip">graphics/dratex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/dratex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/graphics/dratex/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>mfpic</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/mfpic.zip">graphics/mfpic</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/mfpic.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/graphics/mfpic/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>pdftricks.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdftricks.zip">macros/latex/contrib/pdftricks</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdftricks.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdftricks/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>preview.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/preview.zip">macros/latex/contrib/preview</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/preview.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/preview/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>pspicture.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pspicture.zip">macros/latex/contrib/pspicture</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pspicture.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pspicture/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>pst-pdf.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf.zip">macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>pgf.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf.zip">graphics/pgf</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>pict2e.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e.zip">macros/latex/contrib/pict2e</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>pstricks</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks.zip">graphics/pstricks</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dtx.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dtx.html
index e22c17504e6..cbbed32fbb1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dtx.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dtx.html
@@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ sections, and there are facilities for indexes of macros, etc.
from CTAN (which comes with skeleton <code>.dtx</code> and
<code>.ins</code> files).
<p/>Composition of <code>.dtx</code> files is supported in <i>emacs</i> by
-Matt Swift&rsquo;s <i>swiftex</i> system: it provides a
-<code>doc-tex</code> mode which treats <code>.dtx</code> files rather
-better than <a href="FAQ-editors.html">AUC-TeX</a> manages.
+<a href="FAQ-editors.html">AUC-TeX</a>.
<p/>Another useful way of generating <code>.dtx</code> files is to write the
documentation and the code separately, and then to combine them using
the <i>makedtx</i> system. This technique has particular value in
@@ -39,8 +37,9 @@ many packages the <code>.dtx</code> file is the primary source of
documentation, so you may want to keep <code>.dtx</code> files elsewhere.
<p/>An interesting sideline to the story of <code>.dtx</code> files is the
<i>docmfp</i> package, which extends the model of the <i>doc</i>
-package to <a href="FAQ-MF.html">Metafont</a> and
-<a href="FAQ-MP.html">MetaPost</a>,
+package to
+
+ <a href="FAQ-MF.html">Metafont</a> and <a href="FAQ-MP.html">MetaPost</a>,
thus permitting documented distribution of bundles containing code for
Metafont and MetaPost together with related LaTeX code.
<dl>
@@ -49,7 +48,6 @@ Metafont and MetaPost together with related LaTeX code.
<dt><tt><i>docstrip.tex</i></tt><dd>Part of the LaTeX distribution
<dt><tt><i>DTX tutorial</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/dtxtut.zip">info/dtxtut</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/dtxtut.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/dtxtut/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>makedtx</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/makedtx.zip">support/makedtx</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/makedtx.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/makedtx/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>swiftex.el</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/emacs-modes/swiftex.zip">support/emacs-modes/swiftex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/emacs-modes/swiftex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/emacs-modes/swiftex/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dtx">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dtx</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvi.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvi.html
index f07f1ccd244..7539268ba10 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvi.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvi.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ possibly material to be introduced by means of
source of Knuth&rsquo;s program <i>dvitype</i> (whose original purpose,
as its name implies, was to view the content of a DVI file).
<dl>
-<dt><tt><i>dvitype</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/texware/dvitype.web">systems/knuth/texware/dvitype.web</a>
+<dt><tt><i>dvitype</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/texware/dvitype.web">systems/knuth/dist/texware/dvitype.web</a>
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dvi">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dvi</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvips.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvips.html
index d433daecc2a..b64722780eb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvips.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvips.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
runs under many operating systems, is Tom Rokicki&rsquo;s <i>dvips</i>.
<i>dvips</i> is written in C and ports easily. All current
development is in the context of Karl Berry&rsquo;s <i>kpathsea</i>
-library, and sources are available from the TeX-live repository,
+library, and sources are available from the TeX Live repository,
and versions are available in all TeX distributions that recognise
the use of PostScript.
<p/>An VMS versions is available as part of the CTAN
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvipsgraphics.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvipsgraphics.html
index 3c0bc61364e..19140f647be 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvipsgraphics.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-dvipsgraphics.html
@@ -18,16 +18,19 @@ level 2 or higher). (<i>Unix</i> users should beware of
<i>xv</i>&rsquo;s claims: it has a tendency to downsample your bitmap to
your screen resolution.)
<p/>Special purpose applications <i>jpeg2ps</i> (which converts
-JPEG files using PostScript level 2 functionality) and
+JPEG files using PostScript level 2 functionality),
<i>bmeps</i> (which converts both JPEG and PNG
-files), and <i>a2ping</i>/<i>sam2p</i> (which convert a
+files) and <i>a2ping</i>/<i>sam2p</i> (which convert a
bewildering array of bitmap formats to EPS or PDF files;
<i>sam2p</i> is one of the engines that <i>a2ping</i> uses)
are also considered &ldquo;good bets&rdquo;.
<p/><i>Bmeps</i> comes with patches to produce your own version of
<i>dvips</i> that can cope with JPEG and PNG direct,
using <i>bmeps</i>&rsquo;s conversion library. <i>Dvips</i>, as
-distributed by MiKTeX, comes with those patches built-in.
+distributed by MiKTeX, comes with those patches built-in, but
+assuming that capability destroys portability, and is only
+recommendable if you are sure you will never want to share your
+document.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>a2ping</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/a2ping.zip">graphics/a2ping</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/a2ping.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/graphics/a2ping/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>bmeps</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/bmeps.zip">support/bmeps</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/bmeps.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/bmeps/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-edef.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-edef.html
index 79f1400d62d..14e4e09b747 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-edef.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-edef.html
@@ -5,10 +5,11 @@
<p/>Robust LaTeX commands are either &ldquo;naturally robust&rdquo; &mdash; meaning that
they never need <code>\</code><code>protect</code>, or &ldquo;self-protected&rdquo; &mdash; meaning that
they have <code>\</code><code>protect</code> built in to their definition in some
-way. Self-protected commands are robust only in a context where the
-<code>\</code><code>protect</code> mechanism is properly handled. The body of an
-<code>\</code><code>edef</code> definition doesn&rsquo;t handle <code>\</code><code>protect</code> properly, since
-<code>\</code><code>edef</code> is a TeX primitive rather than a LaTeX command.
+way. Self-protected commands, and fragile commands with
+<code>\</code><code>protect</code>ion are only robust in a context where the <code>\</code><code>protect</code>
+mechanism is properly handled. The body of an <code>\</code><code>edef</code> definition
+doesn&rsquo;t handle <code>\</code><code>protect</code> properly, since <code>\</code><code>edef</code> is a TeX
+primitive rather than a LaTeX command.
<p/>This problem is resolved by a LaTeX internal command
<code>\</code><code>protected@edef</code>, which does the job of <code>\</code><code>edef</code> while keeping the
<code>\</code><code>protect</code> mechanism working. There&rsquo;s a corresponding
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-editors.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-editors.html
index 18f4c49733f..e9e01c97566 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-editors.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-editors.html
@@ -52,7 +52,10 @@ personal selection:
executing (La)TeX and friends with a configurable editor.
<p/> <i>Winedt</i>, a shareware package, is also highly spoken of.
It too provides a shell for the use of TeX and related programs,
- as well as a powerful and well-configured editor.
+ as well as a powerful and well-configured editor. The editor can
+ generate its output in UTF-8 (to some extent), which is
+ useful when working with <a href="FAQ-xetex.html">XeTeX</a> (and other
+ &ldquo;next-generation&rdquo; (La)TeX applications).
<p/> Both <i>emacs</i> and <i>vim</i> are available in versions
for Windows systems.
<dt>OS/2<dd> <i>epmtex</i> offers an OS/2-specific shell.
@@ -60,8 +63,9 @@ personal selection:
Macintosh environment with its own editor. More powerful still (as an
editor) is the shareware <i>Alpha</i> which is
extensible enough to let you perform almost any TeX-related job. It
- works well with OzTeX.
-<p/> For MacOS X users, the tool of choice appears to be
+ works well with OzTeX. From release 2.2.0 (at least), Textures
+ works with MacOS X.
+<p/> For MacOS X users, the free tool of choice appears to be
<a href="http://www.uoregon.edu/~koch/texshop/texshop.html">TeXShop</a>, which
combines an editor and a shell with a coherent philosophy of dealing
with (La)TeX in the OS X environment. TeXShop is distributed as
@@ -87,7 +91,7 @@ access to your BibTeX files &mdash;
<dt><tt><i>TeXnicCenter</i></tt><dd><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/win32/TeXnicCenter/">systems/win32/TeXnicCenter/</a>
<dt><tt><i>TeXshell</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/msdos/texshell.zip">systems/msdos/texshell</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/msdos/texshell.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/msdos/texshell/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>TeXtelmExtel</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex-contrib/TeXtelmExtel.zip">systems/msdos/emtex-contrib/TeXtelmExtel</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex-contrib/TeXtelmExtel.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex-contrib/TeXtelmExtel/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>winedt</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/win32/winedt/winedt32.exe">systems/win32/winedt/winedt32.exe</a>
+<dt><tt><i>winedt</i></tt><dd><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/win32/winedt/">systems/win32/winedt/</a>
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=editors">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=editors</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-endingroup.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-endingroup.html
index 1a2720a3b15..4bbeb620fe9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-endingroup.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-endingroup.html
@@ -16,8 +16,9 @@ and you&rsquo;ll get the diagnostic.
<p/>TeX itself doesn&rsquo;t tell you where your problem is, but you can
often spot it by looking at the typeset output in a previewer.
Otherwise, you can usually find mismatched braces using an intelligent
-editor (at least <code>emacs</code> and <i>winedt</i> offer this facility).
-However, groups are not <em>only</em> created by matching <code>{</code> with <code>}</code>:
+editor (at least <i>emacs</i> and <i>winedt</i> offer this facility).
+However, groups are not <em>only</em> created by matching
+<code>{</code> with <code>}</code>:
other grouping commands are discussed elsewhere in these FAQs,
and are also a potential source of unclosed group.
<p/><code>\</code><code>begin{&lt;<i>environment</i>&gt;}</code> encloses the environment&rsquo;s body
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-errmissitem.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-errmissitem.html
index cf7d29a3f68..b893df4e722 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-errmissitem.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-errmissitem.html
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ correct:
\end{tabular}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-produces the error at the bsbs. This usage is just wrong; if you
+produces the error at the <code>\\</code>. This usage is just wrong; if you
want to number the cells in a table, you have to do it &ldquo;by hand&rdquo;:
<blockquote>
<pre>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-etex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-etex.html
index 49ec4c33a05..cc73f99bb87 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-etex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-etex.html
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ active.
a set of extensions that can be used with a (&ldquo;true&rdquo;) TeX system.
Such a modified system is known as an e-TeX system, and the concept
has proved widely successful. Indeed, current TeX distributions
-are delivered with most formats built with an e-TeX system (for
+are delivered with most formats built with an e-TeX-based system (for
those who don&rsquo;t want them, e-TeX&rsquo;s extensions can be disabled, leaving
a functionally standard TeX system).
<p/>The extensions range from the seemingly simple (increasing the number
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-euro.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-euro.html
index 78c2fd342d3..353ecc6f12f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-euro.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-euro.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ that the Euro symbol should always be set in a sans-serif font;
fortunately, this eccentric ruling has now been rescinded, and one may
apply best typesetting efforts to making it appear at least slightly
&ldquo;respectable&rdquo; (typographically).
-<p/>The TS1-encoded fonts provided as part of the EC font
+<p/>The TS1-encoded TC fonts provided as part of the EC font
distribution provide Euro glyphs. The fonts are called Text Companion
(TC) fonts, and offer the same range
of faces as do the EC fonts themselves. The
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ change.
(free) from
<a href="ftp://ftp.adobe.com/pub/adobe/type/win/all/eurofont.exe">Adobe</a> &mdash;
the file is packaged as a <i>Windows</i> self-extracting
-executable, but it may be decoded as a <code>.zip</code> format achive
+executable, but it may be decoded as a <code>.zip</code> format archive
on other operating systems.
The <i>euro</i> bundle contains metrics, <i>dvips</i> map
files, and macros (for Plain TeX and LaTeX), for using these
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fig.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fig.html
index 5d151d09186..8573b218546 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fig.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fig.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Encapsulated PostScript and PDF, as well as combinations that wrap
a graphics format in a LaTeX import file.
<p/>There&rsquo;s no explicit port of <i>xfig</i> to windows (although it is
believed to work under <i>cygwin</i> with their X-windows system).
-However, the program
+However, the program
<a href="http://tech-www.informatik.uni-hamburg.de/applets/javafig/"><i>jfig</a></i>
is thought by many to be an acceptable substitute, written in Java.
<dl>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-filename.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-filename.html
index 440367ae596..3937df6fbcc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-filename.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-filename.html
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ most significant documents will be held in a bunch of files, and
TeX makes no attempt to keep track of files input to the
<em>job</em>. So the user has to keep track, himself &mdash; the only way
is to patch the input commands and cause them to retain details of the
-file name. This is particularly difficult in the case of Plain
-TeX, since the syntax of the <code>\</code><code>input</code> command is so peculiar.
+file name. This is particularly difficult in the case of Plain TeX,
+since the syntax of the <code>\</code><code>input</code> command is so peculiar.
<p/>In the case of LaTeX, the input commands have pretty regular
syntax, and the simplest <a href="FAQ-patch.html">patching techniques</a> can be
used on them.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-findfiles.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-findfiles.html
index dac5bec453a..929facbf9f2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-findfiles.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-findfiles.html
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ list of files (<i>FILES.byname</i> &mdash; see below) and returns a list
of matches, arranged very neatly as a series of links to directories
and to individual files.
<p/>The <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/search">UK</a> and
-<a href="http://www.ctan.org/search">USA</a> CTANs offer a
+<a href="http://www.ctan.org/search.html">USA</a> CTANs offer a
search page that provides
<ul>
<li> a file-name search similar to the Dante machine&rsquo;s (above);
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixnam.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixnam.html
index c71a2416792..d62c6f8a162 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixnam.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixnam.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ use a different mechanism: be sure to check
<a href="FAQ-latexwords.html">changing <i>babel</i> names</a> if
you&rsquo;re using it.)
<p/>The names that are defined in the standard LaTeX classes (and the
-<i>makeidex</i> package) are listed
+<i>makeidx</i> package) are listed
below. Some of the names are only defined in a subset of the classes
(and the <i>letter</i> class has a set of names all of its own);
the list shows the specialisation of each name, where appropriate.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixwidtab.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixwidtab.html
index 44d4bc41ac1..f72016b2eb1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixwidtab.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fixwidtab.html
@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ can stretch particular cells in the table.
environment takes an extra argument (before the <code>clpr</code> layout one)
which takes a length specification: you can say things like &ldquo;<code>15cm</code>&rdquo;
or &ldquo;<code>\</code><code>columnwidth</code>&rdquo; here. You must also have an <code>\</code><code>extracolsep</code>
-command in the <code>clpr</code> layout argument, inside an <code>@</code> directive. So,
-for example, one might have
+command in the <code>clpr</code> layout argument, inside an <code>@</code>
+directive. So, for example, one might have
<pre>
\begin{tabular*}{\columnwidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}lllr}
</pre>
@@ -19,15 +19,16 @@ The <code>\</code><code>extracolsep</code> applies to all inter-column gaps to i
well; if you don&rsquo;t want all gaps stretched, add
<code>\</code><code>extracolsep{0pt}</code> to cancel the original.
<p/>The <i>tabularx</i> package defines an extra <code>clpr</code> column
-specification, <code>X</code>; <code>X</code> columns behave as <code>p</code> columns which expand to
-fill the space available. If there&rsquo;s more than one <code>X</code> column in a
-table, the spare space is distributed between them.
+specification, <code>X</code>; <code>X</code> columns behave as <code>p</code>
+columns which expand to fill the space available. If there&rsquo;s more
+than one <code>X</code> column in a table, the spare space is distributed
+between them.
<p/>The <i>tabulary</i> package (by the same author) provides a way of
&ldquo;balancing&rdquo; the space taken by the columns of a table. The package
-defines column specifications <code>C</code>, <code>L</code>, <code>R</code> and <code>J</code>, giving,
-respectively, centred, left, right and fully-justified versions of
-space-sharing columns. The package examines how long each column would
-be &ldquo;naturally&rdquo; (i.e., on a piece of paper of unlimited width), and
+defines column specifications <code>C</code>, <code>L</code>, <code>R</code> and
+<code>J</code>, giving, respectively, centred, left, right and
+fully-justified versions of space-sharing columns. The package
+examines how long each column would be &ldquo;naturally&rdquo; (i.e., on a piece of paper of unlimited width), and
allocates space to each column accordingly. There are &ldquo;sanity
checks&rdquo; so that really large entries don&rsquo;t cause everything else to
collapse into nothingness (there&rsquo;s a &ldquo;maximum width&rdquo; that any column
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floatpages.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floatpages.html
index 2a12c789b0b..79c7a8812ec 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floatpages.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floatpages.html
@@ -7,17 +7,17 @@
page by itself.) When the float fails to &lsquo;set&rsquo;, and waits for the end
of a chapter or of the document, the natural thing to do is to declare
the float as
-<pre>
- \begin{figure}[p!]
-</pre>
+<blockquote>
+ <code>\</code><code>begin{figure}[p!]</code>
+</blockquote><p>
but the overriding <code>!</code> modifier has no effect on float page floats; so
you have to make the float satisfy the parameters.
<a href="FAQ-floats.html">Moving tables and figures</a> offers some
suggestions, but doesn&rsquo;t solve the one-float-per-page question.
-<p/>The &lsquo;obvious&rsquo; solution, using the counter <code>totalnumber</code> (&ldquo;total
-number of floats per page&rdquo;) doesn&rsquo;t work:
-<code>totalnumber</code> only applies to floats on &lsquo;text&rsquo; pages (pages containing
-text as well as one or more float). So, to allow any
+<p/>The &lsquo;obvious&rsquo; solution, using the counter <code>totalnumber</code>
+(&ldquo;total number of floats per page&rdquo;) doesn&rsquo;t work:
+<code>totalnumber</code> only applies to floats on &lsquo;text&rsquo; pages (pages
+containing text as well as one or more float). So, to allow any
size float to take a whole page, set <code>\</code><code>floatpagefraction</code> really
small, and to ensure that no more than one float occupies a page, make
the separation between floats really big:
@@ -29,5 +29,5 @@ the separation between floats really big:
\makeatother
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-<p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floatpages">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floatpages</a>
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floatpages">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floatpages</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floats.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floats.html
index a11a06cb088..118069a5b39 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floats.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-floats.html
@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ printed &lsquo;here&rsquo; if doing so would break the rules; the rules themselv
are pretty simple, and are given on page 198, section C.9 of the
LaTeX manual. In the worst case, LaTeX&rsquo;s rules can cause the
floating items to pile up to the extent that you get an error message
-saying
-<a href="FAQ-tmupfl.html">&ldquo;Too many unprocessed floats&rdquo;</a>.
+saying <a href="FAQ-tmupfl.html">&ldquo;Too many unprocessed floats&rdquo;</a>.
What follows is a simple checklist of things to do to solve these
problems (the checklist talks throughout about figures, but applies
equally well to tables, or to &ldquo;non-standard&rdquo; floats defined by the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-flushboth.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-flushboth.html
index bef0c5e7501..9627e742196 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-flushboth.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-flushboth.html
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ restores flush justification at both margins:
There&rsquo;s a problem with the setting of <code>\</code><code>parindent</code> in the code: it&rsquo;s
necessary because both the <code>\</code><code>ragged</code> commands set <code>\</code><code>parindent</code> to
zero, but the setting isn&rsquo;t a constant of nature: documents using a
-standard LaTeX class with <code>twocolumn</code> option will have <code>1.0em</code> by
-default, and there&rsquo;s no knowing what you (or some other class) will
-have done.
+standard LaTeX class with <code>twocolumn</code> option will have
+<code>1.0em</code> by default, and there&rsquo;s no knowing what you (or some
+other class) will have done.
<p/>Any but a really old copy of Martin Schr&ouml;der&rsquo;s <i>ragged2e</i>
package has a <code>\</code><code>justifying</code> command to match its
<a href="FAQ-ragright.html">versions of the LaTeX &lsquo;ragged&rsquo; commands</a>. The
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fmtconv.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fmtconv.html
index 6d25578742e..347f62ff2ff 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fmtconv.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fmtconv.html
@@ -19,25 +19,11 @@
-<p/><dt>WordPerfect<dd> <i>wp2latex</i>
- has recently been much improved, and is now
- available either for MSDOS or for Unix systems, thanks to its
- current maintainer Jaroslav Fojtik.
-<dt>PC-Write<dd><i>pcwritex.arc</i> is a
- print driver for PC-Write that &ldquo;prints&rdquo; a PC-Write
- V2.71 document to a TeX-compatible disk file. It was written by Peter
- Flynn at University College, Cork, Republic of Ireland.
-<dt>runoff<dd> Peter Vanroose&rsquo;s <i>rnototex</i>
- conversion program is written in VMS Pascal.
- The sources are distributed with a VAX executable.
-<dt>refer/tib<dd> There are a few programs for converting bibliographic
- data between BibTeX and <i>refer</i>/<i>tib</i> formats.
- The collection includes a shell script converter from BibTeX to
- <i>refer</i> format as well. The collection
- is not maintained.
+<p/><dt>WordPerfect<dd> <i>wp2latex</i> is actively maintained, and is
+ available either for MSDOS or for Unix systems.
<dt>RTF<dd> <i>Rtf2tex</i>, by Robert Lupton, is for
converting Microsoft&rsquo;s Rich Text Format to TeX. There is also a
- convertor to LaTeX by Erwin Wechtl, called <i>rtf2latex</i>.
+ converter to LaTeX by Erwin Wechtl, called <i>rtf2latex</i>.
The latest converter, by Ujwal Sathyam and Scott Prahl, is
<i>rtf2latex2e</i>; this system seems rather good already, and
is still being improved.
@@ -53,17 +39,32 @@
shareware translators from
<a href="http://www.chikrii.com/">Chikrii Softlab</a>; users&rsquo; reports are
very positive.
+<p/> The excellent <i>tex4ht</i> will generate OpenOffice ODT
+ format, which can be used as an intermediate to producing Word
+ format files.
<p/> If cost is a constraint, the best bet is probably to use an
intermediate format such as RTF or HTML.
<i>Word</i> outputs and reads both, so in principle this route
may be useful.
-<p/> Another, unlikely, intermediate form is PDF: Acrobat Reader
+<p/> You can also use PDF as an intermediate format: Acrobat Reader
for Windows (version 5.0 and later) will output rather feeble
RTF that <i>Word</i> can read.
<dt>Excel<dd> <i>Excel2Latex</i> converts an <i>Excel</i> file
into a LaTeX <code>tabular</code> environment; it comes as a
<code>.xls</code> file which defines some <i>Excel</i> macros to produce
output in a new format.
+<dt>runoff<dd> Peter Vanroose&rsquo;s <i>rnototex</i>
+ conversion program is written in VMS Pascal.
+ The sources are distributed with a VAX executable.
+<dt>refer/tib<dd> There are a few programs for converting bibliographic
+ data between BibTeX and <i>refer</i>/<i>tib</i> formats.
+ The collection includes a shell script converter from BibTeX to
+ <i>refer</i> format as well. The collection
+ is not maintained.
+<dt>PC-Write<dd><i>pcwritex.arc</i> is a
+ print driver for PC-Write that &ldquo;prints&rdquo; a PC-Write
+ V2.71 document to a TeX-compatible disk file. It was written by Peter
+ Flynn at University College, Cork, Republic of Ireland.
</dl>
<p/>
<a href="http://www.tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html">Wilfried Hennings&rsquo; FAQ</a>,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fonts-pln.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fonts-pln.html
index 072bd278a78..da8f8a82f2b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fonts-pln.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-fonts-pln.html
@@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ Text set using nonstdfont italic...
However, there are wrinkles, the most important of which is the matter
of <a href="FAQ-whatenc.html">font encodings</a>. Unfortunately, many fonts that
have appeared recently simply don&rsquo;t come in versions using Knuth&rsquo;s
-eccentric font encodings &mdash; but those encodings are built into Plain
-TeX, so that some macros of Plain TeX need to be changed to use
-the fonts. LaTeX gets around all these problems by using a &ldquo;font
-selection scheme&rdquo; &mdash; this &lsquo;NFSS&rsquo; (&lsquo;N&rsquo; for &lsquo;new&rsquo;, as
-opposed to what LaTeX 2.09 had) carries around with it separate
-information about the fonts you use, so the changes to
+eccentric font encodings &mdash; but those encodings are built into
+Plain TeX, so that some macros of Plain TeX need to be changed to
+use the fonts. LaTeX gets around all these problems by using a
+&ldquo;font selection scheme&rdquo; &mdash; this &lsquo;NFSS&rsquo; (&lsquo;N&rsquo; for
+&lsquo;new&rsquo;, as opposed to what LaTeX 2.09 had) carries around with it
+separate information about the fonts you use, so the changes to
encoding-specific commands happen automagically.
<p/>If you only want to use the <a href="FAQ-ECfonts.html">EC fonts</a>, you
can in principle use the <i>ec-plain</i> bundle, which gives you a version
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footintab.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footintab.html
index 12c4bd7e3be..b5cf890a453 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footintab.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footintab.html
@@ -33,16 +33,19 @@ things you can do to fix the problem.
tools distribution; they&rsquo;re noticeably less efficient than the
standard <code>tabular</code> environment, but they do allow
footnotes.
-<li> Grab hold of <i>footnote</i>, and put your
- <code>tabular</code> environment inside a <code>savenotes</code>
- environment. Alternatively, say
+<li> Use <i>footnote</i>, which provides an
+ <code>savenotes</code> which collects all footnotes and emits them
+ at the end of the environment; thus if you put your
+ <code>tabular</code> environment inside the environment, the
+ footnotes will appear as needed. Alternatively, you may use
<code>\</code><code>makesavenoteenv{tabular}</code> in the preamble of your
- document, and tables will all handle footnotes correctly.
+ document, and tables will all behave as if they were inside a
+ <code>savenotes</code> environment.
<li> Use <i>mdwtab</i> from the same bundle; it will handle
footnotes properly, and has other facilities to increase the beauty
- of your tables. It may also cause other table-related packages (not
- the standard &lsquo;tools&rsquo; ones, though) to become very unhappy and stop
- working.
+ of your tables. Unfortunately, it may be incompatible with other
+ table-related packages, though not those in the standard &lsquo;tools&rsquo;
+ bundle.
</ul>
<p/>The documentation of <i>threeparttable</i> appears in the package
file itself; that of <i>ctable</i> is distributed as a PDF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footnpp.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footnpp.html
index 9e16888977f..160a51f0534 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footnpp.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-footnpp.html
@@ -8,26 +8,27 @@ page number is stepped, using the
in the document where the page number is stepped is unpredictable, not
(&ldquo;tidily&rdquo;) at the end of the printed page; so the link only ever
works by luck.
-<p/>As a result, resetting footnotes is inevitably a two-pass process,
+<p/>As a result, resetting footnotes is inevitably a complicated process,
using labels of some sort. It&rsquo;s nevertheless important, given the
common requirement for footnotes marked by symbols (with painfully
small symbol sets). There are three packages that manage it, one way
or another.
-<p/>The <i>footnpag</i> package does per-page footnotes and nothing
-else.
<p/>The <i>perpage</i> package provides a general mechanism for
resetting counters per page, so can obviously be used for this task.
The interface is pretty simple: <code>\</code><code>MakePerPage{footnote}</code> will
do the job. If you want to restart the counter at something other
than 1 (for example to avoid something in the LaTeX footnote symbol
-list), you can use: <code>\</code><code>MakePerPage[2]{footnote}</code>.
+list), you can use: <code>\</code><code>MakePerPage[2]{footnote}</code>. It&rsquo;s a
+first-rate package, small and efficient
<p/>The <i>footmisc</i> package provides a variety of means of
controlling footnote appearance, among them a package option
-<code>perpage</code> that adjusts the numbering per page.
-<p/>Documentation of <i>footnpag</i> comes as a DVI file
-<i>footnpag-user</i> in the distribution. Documentation of
-<i>perpage</i> appears in the package file, only: however, it
-amounts to no more than appears above...
+<code>perpage</code> that adjusts the numbering per page; if you&rsquo;re
+doing something else odd about footnotes, it means you may only need
+the one package to achieve your ends.
+<p/>The <i>footnpag</i> package also does per-page footnotes (and
+nothing else). With the competition from <i>perpage</i>, it&rsquo;s
+probably not particularly useful any more. (Documentation is
+<i>footnpag-user.pdf</i> in the distribution.)
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>footmisc.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/footmisc.zip">macros/latex/contrib/footmisc</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/footmisc.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/footmisc/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>footnpag.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/footnpag.zip">macros/latex/contrib/footnpag</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/footnpag.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/footnpag/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ftnsect.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ftnsect.html
index b014c32a9ba..5461d389a4b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ftnsect.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ftnsect.html
@@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ of contents, so the footnote may only appear in the section heading itself.
<ul>
<li> Take advantage of the fact that the mandatory argument doesn&rsquo;t
&lsquo;move&rsquo; if the optional argument is present:
-<p/> <code>\section[title]{title</code><code>\</code><code>footnote{title ftnt}</code><code>}</code>
+<p/> <code>\</code><code>section[title]</code>
+ <code>{title</code><code>\</code><code>footnote{title ftnt}</code><code>}</code>
<li> Use the <i>footmisc</i> package, with package option
<code>stable</code> &mdash; this modifies footnotes so that they softly and
silently vanish away if used in a moving argument. With this, you
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-getbitmap.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-getbitmap.html
index 1de7abe52c5..dac8d715163 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-getbitmap.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-getbitmap.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ arguments: most (if not all) current distributions generate bitmap
fonts as needed, and cache them for later re-use. The impatient
user, who is determined that all bitmap fonts should be created once
and for all, may be supported by scripts such as <i>allcm</i>
-(distributed with TeX-live, at least; otherwise such a
+(distributed with TeX Live, at least; otherwise such a
person should consult &ldquo;<a href="FAQ-useMF.html">the use of Metafont</a>)&rdquo;.
<p/>If your output is to a PostScript-capable device, or if your output is
destined to be converted to PDF, you should switch to
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-gethelp.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-gethelp.html
index 305e3615654..eaa0377987e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-gethelp.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-gethelp.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ CTAN Catalogue can also help: you can
&ldquo;<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html">by topic</a>&rdquo;.
A catalogue entry has a brief description of the package, and links to
any known documentation on the net. In fact, a large proportion of
-CTAN package directoris now include documentation, so it&rsquo;s
+CTAN package directories now include documentation, so it&rsquo;s
often worth looking at the catalogue entry for a package you&rsquo;re considering
using.
<p/>Failing all that, look to see if anyone else has had the problem
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-hyphoff.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-hyphoff.html
index 918039bbbe6..a2da4df0c21 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-hyphoff.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-hyphoff.html
@@ -22,7 +22,14 @@ down.
exist. Some distributions create a language <code>nohyphenation</code>,
and the <i>hyphenat</i> package uses this technique for its
<code>\</code><code>nohyphens</code> command which sets its argument without any
-hyphenation.
+hyphenation. You can load <i>hyphenat</i> with the command
+<blockquote>
+ <code>\</code><code>usepckage[none]{hyphenat}</code>
+</blockquote><p>
+to prevent any hyphenation in a single-language document. The
+technique cannot work in a document in which <i>babel</i> controls
+language selection, since <i>babel</i> incorporates hyphenation
+change into its language change facilities.
<p/>Third, one can set <code>\</code><code>left-</code> and/or <code>\</code><code>righthyphenmin</code> to a
sufficiently large value that no hyphenation could possibly succeed,
since the minimum is larger than the length of the longest word
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-impgraph.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-impgraph.html
index 310ef48b1ff..2f7959add31 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-impgraph.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-impgraph.html
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ commands appropriate to the DVI driver in use. In most cases,
your (La)TeX distribution will provide a <i>graphics.cfg</i> file
that will select the correct driver for what you&rsquo;re doing (for
example, a distribution that provides both LaTeX and PDFLaTeX
-will usually provide a configuration file that determins whether
+will usually provide a configuration file that determines whether
PDFLaTeX is running, and selects the definitions for it if so).
<p/>The <i>graphics</i> package provides a toolkit of commands (insert
graphics, scale a box, rotate a box), which may be composed to provide
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inclplain.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inclplain.html
index a6f329ef344..2cccad6434f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inclplain.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inclplain.html
@@ -2,13 +2,11 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label inclplain</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Including Plain TeX files in LaTeX</h3>
-<p/>LaTeX, though originally
-<a href="FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html">based on Plain TeX</a>, does not
+<p/>LaTeX, though originally <a href="FAQ-LaTeXandPlain.html">based on Plain TeX</a>, does not
contain all of Plain TeX&rsquo;s commands. Worse, some Plain TeX
command names appear in LaTeX, with different semantics. As a
-result, special measures need to be taken to allow general Plain
-TeX documents (or parts of documents) to be typeset within
-LaTeX.
+result, special measures need to be taken to allow general Plain TeX
+documents (or parts of documents) to be typeset within LaTeX.
<p/>The truly reliable way is to translate the Plain TeX commands, to
produce an equivalent of the original&rsquo;s semantics. However, this is
not practical in many circumstances, and for those occasions, the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-miktex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-miktex*.html
index 17e7df91632..7ffb88aba90 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-miktex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-miktex*.html
@@ -1,13 +1,19 @@
<head>
-<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label inst-miktex</title>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label inst-miktex*</title>
</head><body>
-<h3>Installing MiKTeX &ldquo;known packages&rdquo;</h3>
-<p/>MiKTeX 2.1 (and later) maintains a database of packages it &ldquo;knows about&rdquo;,
+<h3>Installation using MiKTeX package manager</h3>
+<p/>Packages for use with MiKTeX are maintained very efficiently by the
+project managers (new packages and updates on CTAN ordinarily
+make their way to the MiKTeX package repository within a week).
+Thus it makes sense for the MiKTeX user to take advantage of the
+system rather than grinding through the steps of installation.
+<p/>MiKTeX maintains a database of packages it &ldquo;knows about&rdquo;,
together with (coded) installation instructions that enable it to
-install the packages with minimal user intervention.
+install the packages with minimal user intervention; you can update
+the database over the internet.
<p/>If MiKTeX does know about a package you need installed, it&rsquo;s worth
-using the system.
-<p/>First, open the MiKTeX packages window: click on
+using the system:
+first, open the MiKTeX packages window: click on
<code>Start</code>-&gt;
<code>Programs</code>-&gt;
<code>MiKTeX</code>-&gt;
@@ -28,14 +34,5 @@ mpm --install=&lt;package&gt;
</blockquote><p>
(which of course assumes you know the name by which MiKTeX refers to
your package).
-<p/>If MiKTeX <em>doesn&rsquo;t</em> know about the package you&rsquo;re interested
-in, you have to use the <a href="FAQ-installthings.html">long-winded procedure</a>
-outlined above.
-<p/>If necessary, repeat to select other packages, and then press
-&ldquo;<code>OK</code>&rdquo;; MiKTeX tells you how many packages you have
-selected &mdash; if you&rsquo;re happy, press &ldquo;<code>OK</code>&rdquo; again.
-MiKTeX will go off, download the package (as a
-<code>.cab</code> file), if necessary, install the files of the package, and then
-refresh the filename database so that the files will be found.
-<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-miktex">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-miktex</a>
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-miktex*">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-miktex*</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-scut.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-scut.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..92e5237582e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-scut.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<head>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label inst-scut</title>
+</head><body>
+<h3>Shortcuts to installing files</h3>
+<p/><p/>There are circumstances in which most of the fuss of installation can
+be bypassed:
+<ul>
+<li> If you are a MiKTeX user, the
+ <a href="FAQ-inst-miktex*.html">MiKTeX package management system</a>
+ can usually help;
+
+<li> The package you want may already exist as a ZIP file
+ formatted for <a href="FAQ-inst-tds-zip.html">direct installation</a>.
+
+</ul>
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-scut">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-scut</a>
+</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-tds-zip.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-tds-zip.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b5317c52051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-tds-zip.html
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<head>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label inst-tds-zip</title>
+</head><body>
+<h3>Installing using preformatted ZIP files</h3>
+<p/>Installing packages, as they (&ldquo;traditionally&rdquo;) appear on
+CTAN, involves:
+<ul>
+<li> identifying where to put the various files on an TDS
+ tree,
+<li> installing them, and
+<li> a few housekeeping operations.
+</ul>
+Most people, for most packages, find the first two steps onerous, the
+last being easy (unless it is forgotten!).
+<p/>Preformatted ZIP files (also known as
+<a href="FAQ-tds-zip.html">TDS ZIP files</a>) are designed to lighten
+the load of performing the first two steps of installation: they
+contain all the files that are that&rsquo;s to be installed for a given
+package, in their &ldquo;correct&rdquo; locations in a
+<a href="FAQ-tds.html">TDS tree</a>.
+<p/>To install such a file on a Unix system (we assume that you&rsquo;ll install
+into the local TEXMF tree):
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+cd $TEXMFLOCAL
+unzip $package.tds.zip
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+<p/>On a Windows system that is modern enough that it has a built-in
+ZIP unpacker, simply double-click on the file, and browse to
+where it&rsquo;s to be unpacked. (We trust that those using earlier
+versions of Windows will already have experience of using
+<i>WinZIP</i> or the like.)
+<p/>Having unpacked the <code>.zip</code> archive, in most cases the only
+remaining chore is to update the file indexes &mdash; as in
+<a href="FAQ-inst-wlcf.html">normal installation instructions</a>. However, if
+the package provides a font, you also need to enable the font&rsquo;s map,
+which is discussed in
+&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-instt1font.html">Installing a Type 1 font</a>&rdquo;
+<p/>At the time of writing, there are rather few <code>.tds.zip</code>
+files (by comparison with the huge number of packages that are
+available). As packages are updated, the number of files is
+steadily increasing, but it will be a long time before the whole set
+is covered.
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-tds-zip">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-tds-zip</a>
+</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-wlcf.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-wlcf.html
index ec1eb84f888..2303718154d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-wlcf.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst-wlcf.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label inst-wlcf</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Installing files &ldquo;where (La)TeX can find them&rdquo;</h3>
-<p/>In the past, package documentation used always to tell you to put your
+<p/><p/>In the past, package documentation used always to tell you to put your
files &ldquo;where LaTeX can find them&rdquo;; this was always unhelpful &mdash;
if you knew where that <em>was</em>, you didn&rsquo;t need telling, but if you
<em>didn&rsquo;t</em> know, you were completely stuck.
@@ -30,12 +30,13 @@ and click on <code>Refresh FNDB</code>.
The job may also be done in a command window, using the command:
<blockquote>
<pre>
-initexmf -u
+initexmf --update-fndb
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-See the MiKTeX documentation for further details about
-<code>initexmf</code>.
-<p/>On a teTeX or TeX-live-based system, use the command
+The
+<a href="http://docs.miktex.org/manual/initexmf.html">MiKTeX documentation</a>
+gives further details about <code>initexmf</code>.
+<p/>On a teTeX or TeX Live-based system, use the command
<code>texhash</code> (or if that&rsquo;s not available, <code>mktexlsr</code> &mdash;
they ought to be different names for the same program).
<p/>Having done all this, the new package will be available for use.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst1cm.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst1cm.html
index 3a18c4217fd..468e2e503e7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst1cm.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-inst1cm.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ and PFM &mdash; files in any case.)
<p/>The files should go into your local <code>texmf</code> tree (<i>texmf.local</i>,
<i>texmf-local</i>, <i>localtexmf</i>, or whatever). Create
directories at offsets <i>fonts/type1/bluesky/cm</i> and
-<i>fonts/type1/bluesky/ams</i>, and copy the <code>pfb</code> files into them.
+<i>fonts/type1/bluesky/ams</i>, and copy the <code>.pfb</code> files into them.
<p/>Now you need to tell <i>dvips</i>, PDFTeX, etc., that the fonts
are available. This is done by use of a <em>map file</em>, which lists
<em>font name</em> (as TeX understands it), <em>font name</em> (as it
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-doc.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-doc.html
index b13fa3a39e8..b0248ad8f6e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-doc.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-doc.html
@@ -20,8 +20,9 @@ source mechanism was first discussed, the <i>.drv</i> mechanism was
suggested, but it&rsquo;s not widely used nowadays).
<p/>Sometimes, the LaTeX run will complain that it can&rsquo;t find
<i>package.ind</i> (the code line index) and/or <i>package.gls</i>
-(the list of change records). Both types of file are processed with
-special <i>makeindex</i> style files; appropriate commands are:
+(the list of change records, not as you might imagine, a glossary).
+Both types of file are processed with special <i>makeindex</i>
+style files; appropriate commands are:
<blockquote>
<pre>
makeindex -s gind package
@@ -30,11 +31,12 @@ makeindex -s gglo -o package.gls package.glo
</blockquote><p>
This author finds that the second (the change record) is generally of
limited utility when reading package documentation; it is, however,
-valuable if you&rsquo;re part of the package development team.
-<p/>Another common (and reasonable) trick is to provide a separate file
-<i>package-doc.tex</i> or even simply <i>manual.tex</i>; if the file
-<i>package.dtx</i> doesn&rsquo;t help, simply look around for alternatives.
-Such files are treated in the same way as any &ldquo;ordinary&rdquo; LaTeX
-file.
+valuable if you&rsquo;re part of the package development team. If you don&rsquo;t
+feel you need it, just leave out that step
+<p/>Another common (and reasonable) trick performed by package authors is
+to provide a separate file <i>package-doc.tex</i> or even simply
+<i>manual.tex</i>; if the file <i>package.dtx</i> doesn&rsquo;t help, simply
+look around for such alternatives. The files are treated in the same
+way as any &ldquo;ordinary&rdquo; LaTeX file.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-doc">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-doc</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-find.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-find.html
index 76463c0aa74..cf04c651947 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-find.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-find.html
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label install-find</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Finding packages to install</h3>
-<p/>How did you find about the package?
-<p/>If you learned about your package in these FAQs, you should
-already have a link to the file:
+<p/>How did you learn about the package?
+<p/>If the information came from these FAQs, you should already
+have a link to the file (there are lists at the end of each answer):
click on that link,
and you can get the file, one way or another.
@@ -14,18 +14,22 @@ facilities, such as <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/search/">http://www.tex.ac.uk/
simple) search engine can return data from a search of the CTAN
catalogue (which covers most useful packages), or data from a search
of the names of files on the archive.
-<p/>Remember that you may want <i>foo.sty</i> but that file is distributed
-in a LaTeX documented source file <i>foo.dtx</i>; it&rsquo;s usually best
-to search just for <em>foo</em> &mdash; <i>foo.sty</i> won&rsquo;t be visible
-anywhere on the archive or in the catalogue.
<p/>Packages come in a variety of different styles of distribution; the
-very simplest will offer just <i>package.sty</i> &mdash; in this case,
-just download the file and
+very simplest will actually offer just <i>package.sty</i> &mdash; in this
+case, just download the file and
<a href="FAQ-inst-wlcf.html">get on with installation</a>.
-<p/>However, most packages occupy their own directory on the archive; in
-this case, you should download the whole directory
-<p/>Having acquired the package distribution, see
-&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-install-unpack.html">unpacking LaTeX packages</a>&rdquo; for your
-next step.
+<p/>Normally, though, you will want <i>foo.sty</i> but that file is distributed
+in a LaTeX documented source file <i>foo.dtx</i>; thus you should
+search just for <em>foo</em> &mdash; <i>foo.sty</i> won&rsquo;t be visible
+anywhere on the archive or in the catalogue.
+<p/>Since most packages are distributed in this
+<code>.dtx</code>/<code>.ins</code> way, they usually occupy their own
+directory on the archive. Even if that directory contains other
+packages, you should download everything in the directory: as often as
+not, packages grouped in this way depend on each other, so that you
+really <em>need</em> the other ones.
+<p/>Having acquired the package distribution,
+&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-install-unpack.html">unpacking LaTeX packages</a>&rdquo; outlines
+your next step.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-find">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-find</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-unpack.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-unpack.html
index 69ae2b4d7c6..600d4b8d617 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-unpack.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-unpack.html
@@ -10,13 +10,14 @@ ready for installation.
<p/>Other sorts of provision should ordinarily be accompanied by a
<i>README</i> file, telling you what to do; we list a few example
configurations.
-<p/>Sometimes, a directory comes with a bunch of <i>.dtx</i> files, but
-fewer (often only one) <i>.ins</i> files (LaTeX itself comes
-looking like this). The way to go, in this case is simply to process
-the <i>.ins</i> file(s) one by one.
+<p/>Sometimes, a directory comes with a bunch of <code>.dtx</code> files, but
+fewer (often only one) <code>.ins</code> files (LaTeX itself comes
+looking like this). If there is more than one <code>.ins</code> file,
+and in the absence of any instruction in the <i>README</i> file, simply
+process the <code>.ins</code> file(s) one by one.
<p/>If you&rsquo;re missing the <i>package.ins</i> altogether, you need to play
-around until something works. Some <i>.dtx</i> files are
-&ldquo;self-extracting&rdquo; &mdash; they do without a <i>.ins</i> file, and once
+around until something works. Some <code>.dtx</code> files are
+&ldquo;self-extracting&rdquo; &mdash; they do without an <code>.ins</code> file, and once
you&rsquo;ve processed the <i>package.dtx</i>, <i>package.sty</i> has
automagically appeared. Various other oddities may appear, but the
archivists aim to have <i>README</i> file in every package, which
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-where.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-where.html
index 0764f0a5450..42ec4dd1199 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-where.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-install-where.html
@@ -2,23 +2,17 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label install-where</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Where to install packages</h3>
-<p/>Where precisely you put files that you have downloaded depends on
-what TeX distribution you have. We will assume that you have one
-of the modern TDS-compliant distributions, and discuss the
-general rules that you should follow.
-<p/>First, you must decide which tree to put your files into; this isn&rsquo;t
-entirely trivial, and is discussed in
-&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-what-TDS.html">choosing a TDS tree</a>&rdquo;.
-<p/>We&rsquo;ll assume from here on, that you&rsquo;ve decided on a directory tree,
-and we will write <code>$TEXMF</code> for it, whatever it is for your
-system.
+<p/>We assume here that you have decided what tree to put your files in,
+after reading
+&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-what-TDS.html">choosing a TDS tree</a>&rdquo;. We will therefore
+write <code>$TEXMF</code> for it, and you need to substitute the tree
+you decided on.
<p/>The basic idea is to imitate the directory structure in your
existing tree(s). Here are some examples of where various sorts of
files should go:
<blockquote>
<pre>
-.sty, .cls or .fd: $TEXMF/tex/latex/&lt;package&gt;/
-.dvi, .ps or .pdf: $TEXMF/doc/latex/&lt;package&gt;/
+.sty, .cls or .fd: $TEXMF/tex/&lt;format&gt;/&lt;package&gt;/
.mf: $TEXMF/fonts/source/&lt;supplier&gt;/&lt;font&gt;/
.tfm: $TEXMF/fonts/tfm/&lt;supplier&gt;/&lt;font&gt;/
.vf: $TEXMF/fonts/vf/&lt;supplier&gt;/&lt;font&gt;/
@@ -39,16 +33,28 @@ v1.1 layouts):
</blockquote><p>
(Map and encoding files went to directories under
<i>$TEXMF/dvips/</i>, in earlier distributions.)
-<p/>In the lists above, &lt;<i>package</i>&gt;, &lt;<i>font</i>&gt; and &lt;<i>supplier</i>&gt; depend
-upon what&rsquo;s appropriate for the individual file &mdash; the supplier
-&ldquo;public&rdquo; is commonly used for free fonts. The &lt;<i>syntax</i>&gt;
-(for <code>.map</code> and <code>.enc</code> files) is a categorisation based
-on the way the files are written; typically, it&rsquo;s the name of a
-program such as <i>dvips</i> or <i>pdftex</i>.
-<p/>&ldquo;Straight&rdquo; (La)TeX input can take other forms than the <code>.sty</code>,
-<code>.cls</code> or <code>.fd</code> listed above, too. Examples are
-<code>.sto</code> and <code>.clo</code> for package and class options,
-<code>.cfg</code> for configuration information, and so on.
+<p/>In the lists above &lt;<i>format</i>&gt; identifies the format the macros
+are designed for &mdash; it can be things such as <code>plain</code>,
+<code>generic</code> (i.e., any format), <code>latex</code> or
+<code>context</code> (or several less common formats).
+<p/>For fonts, &lt;<i>font</i>&gt; refers to the font family (such as <code>cm</code>
+for Knuth&rsquo;s Computer Modern, <code>times</code> for Adobe&rsquo;s Times Roman).
+The supplier is usually obvious &mdash; the supplier
+&ldquo;public&rdquo; is commonly used for free fonts.
+<p/>The &lt;<i>syntax</i>&gt; (for <code>.map</code> and <code>.enc</code> files) is a
+categorisation based on the way the files are written; candidates are
+names of programs such as <i>dvips</i> or <i>pdftex</i>.
+<p/>&ldquo;Straight&rdquo; (La)TeX input can take other forms than the
+<code>.sty</code>, <code>.cls</code> or <code>.fd</code> listed above, too
+(apart from the &lsquo;obvious&rsquo; <code>.tex</code>). Examples are (the
+obvious) <code>.tex</code>, <code>.lfd</code> for <i>babel</i> language
+definitions, <code>.sto</code> and <code>.clo</code> for package and class
+options, <code>.cfg</code> for configuration information,
+<code>.def</code> for variants (such as the types of devices
+<i>graphics</i> drives). The <i>README</i> of the package should
+tell you of any others, though sometimes that information is printed
+when the package&rsquo;s <a href="FAQ-install-unpack.html">comments are stripped</a>.
+All of these files should live together with the main package files.
<p/>Note that &lt;<i>font</i>&gt; may stand for a single font or an entire family:
for example, files for all of Knuth&rsquo;s Computer Modern fonts are to be
found in <code>.../public/cm</code>, with various prefixes as appropriate.
@@ -56,12 +62,10 @@ found in <code>.../public/cm</code>, with various prefixes as appropriate.
&ldquo;free fonts produced for use with (La)TeX&rdquo;: as well as Knuth&rsquo;s
fonts, <em>public</em>&rsquo;s directory holds fonts designed by others
(originally, but no longer exclusively, in Metafont).
-<p/>Some packages have configuration files (commonly with file suffix
-<code>.cfg</code>), and occasionally other run-time files. The package
-documentation <em>should</em> mention these things, but sometimes
-doesn&rsquo;t. An exception is the <code>.drv</code> file, used by some
-packages as part of the documentation building process; this is
-usually part of the package documentation process, and should not be
-installed.
+<p/>Documentation for each package should all go, undifferentiated, into a
+directory on the <i>doc/</i> subtree of the TDS. The layout of
+the subtree is slightly different: <i>doc/latex</i> hosts all
+LaTeX documentation directories, but more fundamental things are
+covered, e.g., by <i>doc/etex</i> or <i>doc/xetex</i>.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-where">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-where</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-installthings.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-installthings.html
index 6c15565106b..4daeacdbfd9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-installthings.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-installthings.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label installthings</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Installing things on a (La)TeX system</h3>
-<p/>Installing (or replacing) things on your (La)TeX system has the
+<p/><p/>Installing (or replacing) things on your (La)TeX system has the
potential to be rather complicated; the following questions attempt to
provide a step-by-step approach, starting from the point where you&rsquo;ve
decided what it is that you want to install:
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ decided what it is that you want to install:
<li> You must <a href="FAQ-install-find.html">find the file you need</a>;
<li> If you are going to install a LaTeX package, you may need to
<a href="FAQ-install-unpack.html">unpack the distributed files</a>;
-<li> It&rsquo;s probably a good idea to
+<li> It may be necessary to
<a href="FAQ-install-doc.html">generate some documentation to read</a>;
<li> You need to
<a href="FAQ-install-where.html">decide where to install the files</a>;
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instmffont.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instmffont.html
index 83604ccd16b..325dc388bff 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instmffont.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instmffont.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
pleasingly simple. Nowadays, they are mostly distributed just as the
Metafont source, since modern TeX distributions are able to produce
everything the user needs &ldquo;on the fly&rdquo;; however, if the distribution
-<em>does</em> include TFM files, do install them, too, since they
+<em>does</em> include TFM files, install them too, since they
save a little time and don&rsquo;t occupy much disc space. Always distrust
distributions of PK font bitmap files: there&rsquo;s no way of
learning from them what printer they were generated for, and naming
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instprinterfont.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instprinterfont.html
index 2ac895a9bef..34d170f7891 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instprinterfont.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instprinterfont.html
@@ -25,14 +25,17 @@ All these fonts are supported, for LaTeX users, by the
<i>lw35nfss.zip</i> on CTAN. Almost any remotely modern TeX
system will have some version of <i>psnfss</i> installed, but
users should note that the most recent version has much improved
-coverage of maths-with-<i>Times</i> and -<i>Palatino</i>, as
-well as a more reliable set of font metrics.
+coverage of maths with <i>Times</i> (see package
+<i>mathptmx</i>) and with <i>Palatino</i> (see package
+<i>mathpazo</i>, as well as a more reliable set of font metrics.
<p/>The archive <i>lw35nfss.zip</i> is laid out according to the
TDS, so in principle, installation consists simply of
&ldquo;unzipping&rdquo; the file at the root of a <i>texmf</i> tree.
<p/>Documentation of the <i>psnfss</i> bundle is provided in
<i>psnfss2e.pdf</i> in the distribution.
<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>mathpazo.sty</i></tt><dd>Part of the <i>psnfss</i> bundle
+<dt><tt><i>mathptmx.sty</i></tt><dd>Part of the <i>psnfss</i> bundle
<dt><tt><i>psnfss bundle</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/psnfss.zip">macros/latex/required/psnfss</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/psnfss.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/psnfss/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instprinterfont">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instprinterfont</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instt1font.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instt1font.html
index 042ba93b39b..06e84384215 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instt1font.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-instt1font.html
@@ -2,90 +2,70 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label instt1font</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Installing a Type 1 font</h3>
-<p/>The process of installing a Type 1 font set is rather convoluted, but
-it may be separated into a modest set of stages.
+<p/>Once you have a prepared Type 1 font, either direct from CTAN
+or the like, or having <a href="FAQ-prept1font.html">&lsquo;prepared&rsquo; it yourself</a>,
+you can get on with installation.
+<p/>The procedure is merely an extension of that for packages, etc., so
+much of what follows will be familiar:
<ul>
-<li> Acquire the font. A very small set of Type 1 fonts is installed
- in most PostScript printers you will encounter. For those few (whose use
- is covered by the basic PSNFSS package), you don&rsquo;t need the
- Type 1 font itself, to be able to print using the font.
-<p/> For all the myriad other Type 1 fonts, to be able to print using
- the font you need the Type 1 file itself. Some of these are
- available for free (they&rsquo;ve either been donated to the public
- domain, or were developed as part of a free software project), but
- the vast majority are commercial products, requiring you to spend
- real money.
-<li> Acquire the fonts&rsquo; AFM files. AFM files contain
- information from the font foundry, about the sizes of the characters
- in the font, and how they fit together. One measure of the quality
- of a font-supplier is that they provide the AFM files by
- default: if the files are not available, you are unlikely to be able
- to use the font with (La)TeX.
-<li> Rename the AFM files and the Type 1 files to match the
- <a href="FAQ-fontname.html">Berry font naming scheme</a>.
-<li> Generate TeX metric files from the AFM files. The
- commonest tool for this task is <i>fontinst</i>; the package
- documentation helps, but other guides are available (see below).
- The simplest possible script to pass to <i>fontinst</i> is:
- <blockquote>
-<pre>
-\latinfamily{xyz}{}
-\bye
-</pre>
- </blockquote><p>
- where <code>xyz</code> is the Berry name of the font family. This
- simple script is adequate for most purposes: its output covers the
- font family in both T1 and OT1 font encodings. Nevertheless,
- with fancier fonts, more elaborate things are possible with
- <i>fontinst</i>: see the documentation for details.
-<p/> <i>Fontinst</i> also generates map files, and LaTeX font
- definition (<code>.fd</code>) files.
<li> Install the files, in your <code>texmf</code> tree. All the
strictures about installing non-standard things apply here: be sure
to put the files in the local tree. The list gives reasonable
- destinations for the various files related to a font whose Berry
- name is &lt;<i>bname</i>&gt;:
-
+ destinations for the various files related to a font family &lt;<i>fname</i>&gt;:
<pre>
.pfb,
-.pfa .../fonts/type1/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;bname&gt;
-.tfm .../fonts/tfm/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;bname&gt;
-.vf .../fonts/vf/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;bname&gt;
-.fd .../tex/latex/fontinst/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;bname&gt;
-</pre>
- The irregular things being <code>.map</code> files: in teTeX 3.0 and
- later, these should be placed according to the revised TDS as
-<pre>
+.pfa .../fonts/type1/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;fname&gt;
+.tfm .../fonts/tfm/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;fname&gt;
+.vf .../fonts/vf/&lt;foundry&gt;/&lt;fname&gt;
+.sty,
+.fd .../tex/latex/&lt;fname&gt;
.map .../fonts/map/dvips/&lt;foundry&gt;
</pre>
-and in other (earlier) systems as
-<pre>
-.map .../dvips/fontinst/&lt;foundry&gt;
-</pre>
+ but if you are lucky, you will be starting from a distribution from
+ CTAN and can make use of the corresponding
+ <code>.tds.zip</code> file, and not care about how to place your files
+ in the TDS tree.
<li> Regenerate the file indexes (as described in
<a href="FAQ-inst-wlcf.html">package installation</a>).
-<li> Update the <i>dvips</i> and other maps:
+<li> Update the <i>dvips</i>, PDFTeX and other maps:
<ul>
- <li> On a teTeX system earlier than version 2.0, edit the file
- <i>$TEXMF/dvips/config/updmap</i> and insert an absolute path for
- the <i>lm.map</i> just after the line that starts
- <code>extra_modules="</code> (and before the closing quotes).
- <li> On a teTeX version 2.0 (or later), execute the command
+ <li> On any current TeX Live-based system, or a teTeX v3.0
+ system, execute the command
+ <blockquote>
+<pre>
+updmap-sys --enable Map &lt;fname&gt;.map
+</pre>
+ </blockquote><p>
+ as root. (You <em>can</em> use plain <i>updmap</i>, but you
+ will be in danger of creating confusion with different map sets
+ for different users thereby.)
+ <li> On a current MiKTeX system, update the system file
+ <i>updmap.cfg</i>, using the shell command
+ <blockquote>
+<pre>
+initexmf --edit-config-file updmap
+</pre>
+ </blockquote><p>
+ adding a line at the end:
+ <blockquote>
+<pre>
+Map &lt;fname&gt;.map
+</pre>
+ </blockquote><p>
+ for each font family &lt;<i>fname</i>&gt; you are adding to the system.
+ Now generate revised maps with the shell command
+ <blockquote>
<pre>
- updmap --enable Map &lt;xyz&gt;.map
+initexmf --mkmaps
</pre>
- <li> On a MiKTeX system earlier than version 2.2, the &ldquo;Refresh
- filename database&rdquo; operation, which you performed after installing
- files, also updates the system&rsquo;s &ldquo;PostScript resources database&rdquo;.
- <li> On a MiKTeX system, version 2.2 or later, update
- <i>updmap.cfg</i> which is described in MiKTeX
- <a href="http://docs.miktex.org/manual/psfonts.html#chgupdmapcfg">online documentation</a>.
- Then execute the command <code>initexmf --mkmaps</code>, and the job
- is done.
+ </blockquote><p>
+ This, and other matters, are described in MiKTeX
+ <a href="http://docs.miktex.org/manual/advanced.html">&rdquo;advanced&rdquo; documentation</a>.
</ul>
</ul>
-The whole process is very well (and thoroughly) described in Philipp
-Lehman&rsquo;s guide to font installation, which may be found on CTAN.
+Both processes (preparing and installing a font) are very well (and
+thoroughly) described in Philipp Lehman&rsquo;s guide to font installation,
+which may be found on CTAN.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>fontinst.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst.zip">fonts/utilities/fontinst</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>Type 1 installation guide</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf">info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-labelfig.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-labelfig.html
index 820715ebb60..2c0757af447 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-labelfig.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-labelfig.html
@@ -17,14 +17,17 @@ the system to replace the original (&ldquo;<code>PS</code>&rdquo;) text with the
TeX-typeset replacement text. Optional
arguments permit adjustment of position, scale and rotation; full
details may be found in <i>pfgguide</i> in the distribution.
-(Unfortunately, <i>psfrag</i> can&rsquo;t be used with PDFLaTeX,
-though one might hope that it would be susceptible to the same sort of
-treatment as is used in the <i>pdftricks</i> package. On the other
-hand,
+<p/>Since <i>psfrag</i> works in terms of (encapsulated) PostScript files,
+it needs extra work for use with PDFLaTeX. The
+<a href="FAQ-pdftexgraphics.html"><i>pst-pdf</i> package</a> can support such
+usage. In fact, the <i>pst-pdf</i> support package
+<i>auto-pst-pdf</i> offers a configuration setting precisely for
+use with <i>psfrag</i>.
+<p/>On the other hand,
<a href="FAQ-commercial.html">VTeX</a>&rsquo;s GeX processor
explicitly deals with <i>psfrag</i>, both in its free and
-commercial instances.)
+commercial instances.
<p/>The <i>psfragx</i> package goes one step further than
<i>psfrag</i>: it provides a means whereby you can put the
<i>psfrag</i> commands into the preamble of your EPS file
@@ -57,12 +60,14 @@ environment which itself includes the graphic. I would recommend
are plainly little more than a convenience over what is achievable
with the do-it-yourself approach.
<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>auto-pst-pdf.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/auto-pst-pdf.zip">macros/latex/contrib/auto-pst-pdf</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/auto-pst-pdf.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/auto-pst-pdf/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>iTe</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/ite.zip">support/ite</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/ite.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/ite/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>laprint</i></tt><dd>Distributed with <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfragx.zip">macros/latex/contrib/psfragx</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfragx.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfragx/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>overpic.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/overpic.zip">macros/latex/contrib/overpic</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/overpic.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/overpic/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>psfrag.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag.zip">macros/latex/contrib/psfrag</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>psfragx.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfragx.zip">macros/latex/contrib/psfragx</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfragx.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfragx/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>pstricks.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks.zip">graphics/pstricks</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>pst-pdf.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf.zip">macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pst-pdf/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/>
<p/><p/><p/><p/><p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=labelfig">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=labelfig</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-latexqual.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-latexqual.html
index 78840e4638e..a13f693fe96 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-latexqual.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-latexqual.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Package nag Warning: Command \bf is an old LaTeX 2.09 command.
<p/>There&rsquo;s also a web site
<a href="http://www.kohm.name/markus/texidate.html">TeXidate</a>
-which will do a static analysis of your document (unfortuantely, you
+which will do a static analysis of your document (unfortunately, you
have to paste your document source into a text window). The site
doesn&rsquo;t seem as comprehensive as <i>nag</i>, but it allows you to
download its script, which you can then juggle with to make it more
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterclass.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterclass.html
index 8df126797e0..3daf4d5a2fa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterclass.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterclass.html
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ of vertically-shifting a single-page letter, try the following hack:
\makeatother
</pre>
in the preamble of your file.
-<p/>Doing-it-yourself is a common strategy; Knuth (for use with plain
-TeX, in the TeXbook), and Kopka and Daly (in their Guide to
+<p/>Doing-it-yourself is a common strategy; Knuth (for use with
+Plain TeX, in the TeXbook), and Kopka and Daly (in their Guide to
LaTeX) offer worked examples.
<p/>Nevertheless, there <em>are</em> contributed alternatives &mdash; in fact
there are an awfully large number of them: the following list, of
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterspace.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterspace.html
index c429fb7ee9e..d20e191d767 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterspace.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-letterspace.html
@@ -26,17 +26,18 @@ Plain TeX). Soul also permits hyphenation of letterspaced text;
Gill&rsquo;s view of such an activity is not (even apocryphally) recorded.
(Spacing-out forms part of the name of <i>soul</i>; the other half
is described in <a href="FAQ-underline.html">another question</a>.)
-<p/>Possibly the &lsquo;ultimate&rsquo; in this field is the <i>letterspace</i>,
-which uses the micro-typography capabilities of current PDFTeX.
-<i>Letterspace</i> expands the natural spacing font itself, rather
+<p/>Possibly the &lsquo;ultimate&rsquo; in this field is the <i>microtype</i>,
+which uses the micro-typography capabilities of current PDFTeX to
+provide a <code>\</code><code>textls</code> command, which operates according to parameters
+declared in a <code>\</code><code>SetTracking</code> command. <i>Microtype</i>&rsquo;s
+&lsquo;tracking&rsquo; facility expands the natural spacing font itself, rather
than inserting space between characters. Ordinarily, letter-spacing
will destroy ligatures; however, this is <em>wrong</em> if the font is
-of a fraktur style. <i>Letterspace</i> provides a means of
-protecting the ligatures in a letter-spaced text.
+of a fraktur style, and the package provides a means of protecting the
+ligatures in a letter-spaced text.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>letterspacing.tex</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/misc/letterspacing.tex">macros/generic/misc/letterspacing.tex</a>
-<dt><tt><i>letterspace.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of the <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype.zip">macros/latex/contrib/microtype</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/">browse</a>)
- bundle
+<dt><tt><i>microtype.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype.zip">macros/latex/contrib/microtype</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>soul.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul.zip">macros/latex/contrib/soul</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul/">browse</a>)
</dl>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-longtab.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-longtab.html
index fabb6d164aa..a749efd9b5c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-longtab.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-longtab.html
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ result, they won&rsquo;t split over a page boundary. Sadly, the world keeps
turning up tables longer than a single page that we need to typeset.
<p/>For simple tables (whose shape is highly regular), the simplest
solution may well be to use the <code>tabbing</code> environment,
-which is slightly tedious to set up, but which doesn&rsquo;t force the whole aligment
+which is slightly tedious to set up, but which doesn&rsquo;t force the whole alignment
onto a single page.
<p/>The <i>longtable</i> package builds the whole table (in chunks), in
a first pass, and then uses information it has written to the <code>.aux</code>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-luatex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-luatex.html
index ad6ba02ce6a..bd8af31be3b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-luatex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-luatex.html
@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@
<a href="FAQ-whatpdftex.html">PDFTeX</a> is &ldquo;in essence&rdquo; complete &mdash;
development of new facilities continues, but the limitations of the
present structure impose a strong limit on what facilities are
-possible.
+possible. (The PDFTeX team has announced that no further
+developments will be added after the release of PDFTeX 1.50.0,
+which will be the next major release.)
<p/>In this context, the idea of LuaTeX arose.
<a href="http://www.lua.org/"><i>Lua</a></i> is a script
language, designed to offer an interpreter with a very small
@@ -19,5 +21,8 @@ that many of the other
current projects have in their sights, notably Unicode character
representations and support for OpenType fonts. Work is also in hand
to integrate the extensions pioneered by <a href="FAQ-omegaleph.html">Aleph</a>.
+<p/>The next release of TeX Live (due in July 2008) and MiKTeX
+version 2.8 (no current release date) will incorporate LuaTeX.
+ConTeXt distributions can already make use of it.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=luatex">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=luatex</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-man-latex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-man-latex.html
index afd067857f7..2840ad9104c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-man-latex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-man-latex.html
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ well.
<a href="http://www.chrisharrison.co.uk/xophbook/mybooks/tex/index.html">TeX book</a>
presents basic LaTeX with useful hints for extensions
<p/>Nicola Talbot&rsquo;s
-<a href="http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/novices/novices.html">LaTeX for complete novices</a>
+<a href="http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/novices/">LaTeX for complete novices</a>
does what it claims: the author teaches LaTeX at the University of
East Anglia. That is one of several of Nicola&rsquo;s
<a href="http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/">introductory tutorials</a>,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-marginparside.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-marginparside.html
index 47a3f431d65..2746486f12f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-marginparside.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-marginparside.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label marginparside</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Getting <code>\</code><code>marginpar</code> on the right side</h3>
-<p/>In an ideal world, marginal notes would be in &ldquo;analagous&rdquo; places on
+<p/>In an ideal world, marginal notes would be in &ldquo;analogous&rdquo; places on
every page: notes on an even-side page would be in the left margin,
while those on an odd-side page would be in the right margin. A
moment&rsquo;s thought shows that a marginal note on the left needs to be
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mathml.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mathml.html
index aa9979a8592..39bdeb00df9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mathml.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mathml.html
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ support for new Web standards.
using an XSLT stylesheet or code for an XML library,
and then simply using LaTeX; alternatively, one may
<a href="FAQ-readML.html">typeset direct from the XML source</a>.
-<dt>Direct represention of mathematics<dd>
+<dt>Direct representation of mathematics<dd>
MathML is a standard for representing maths on the Web; its
original version was distinctly limited, but version 2 of MathML
has had major browser support since 2002 with richness of mathematical
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ support for new Web standards.
Browser support for MathML is provided by <i>amaya</i>, the
&lsquo;Open Source&rsquo; browser <i>mozilla</i> (and its derivatives
including <i>NetScape</i>, <i>Firefox</i> and <i>Galeon</i>) and
- <i>Internet Explorer</i> when equipped with a suitable plugin
+ <i>Internet Explorer</i> when equipped with a suitable plug-in
such as <i>MathPlayer</i>.
There&rsquo;s evidence that (La)TeX users are starting to use such
browsers. Some believe that XHTML+MathML now provides
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-minxampl.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-minxampl.html
index 195ab584490..75e9c7b1b0f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-minxampl.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-minxampl.html
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ with a basic document structure
(for LaTeX, this would have <code>\</code><code>documentclass</code>,
<code>\</code><code>begin{document}</code>, <code>\</code><code>end{document}</code>) and adds
things. First to add is a paragraph or so around the actual point
-where the problem occurrs. (It may prove difficult to find the actual
+where the problem occurs. (It may prove difficult to find the actual
line that&rsquo;s provoking the problem. If the original problem is an
error, reviewing
<a href="FAQ-errstruct.html">&ldquo;the structure of TeX errors&rdquo;</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-missssymb.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-misssymb.html
index f8c2d6be169..24165ca886b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-missssymb.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-misssymb.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<head>
-<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label missssymb</title>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label misssymb</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Missing symbol commands</h3>
<p/>You&rsquo;re processing an old document, and some symbol commands such as
@@ -13,5 +13,5 @@ symbol fonts).
<dt><tt><i>amsfonts.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/latex.zip">fonts/amsfonts/latex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/latex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/latex/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>AMS symbol fonts</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols.zip">fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols/">browse</a>)
</dl>
-<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=missssymb">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=missssymb</a>
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=misssymb">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=misssymb</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mpprologues.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mpprologues.html
index e6e58665fd5..848e6932446 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mpprologues.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-mpprologues.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ defined &mdash; for example, as a figure in TeX document. If you&rsquo;re
debugging your MetaPost code, you may want to view it in
<i>ghostscript</i> (or some other PostScript previewer). However,
the PostScript &lsquo;engine&rsquo; in <i>ghostscript</i> <em>doesn&rsquo;t</em>
-ordinarily have the fonts loaded, and you&rsquo;ll eperience an error such
+ordinarily have the fonts loaded, and you&rsquo;ll experience an error such
as
<blockquote>
<pre>
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ very simple-minded approach to font encoding: since TeX font
encodings regularly confuse sophisticated minds, this can prove
troublesome. If you&rsquo;re suffering such problems (the symptom is that
characters disappear, or are wrongly presented) the only solution is
-to view the &lsquo;original&rsquo; metapost output after processing through
+to view the &lsquo;original&rsquo; MetaPost output after processing through
LaTeX and <i>dvips</i>.
<p/>Conditional compilation may be done either
by inputting <i>MyFigure.mp</i> indirectly from a simple wrapper
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-msxy.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-msxy.html
index 6c92ec94c7e..c6ab8fb6c7f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-msxy.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-msxy.html
@@ -25,5 +25,6 @@ of <a href="FAQ-virtualfonts.html">virtual fonts</a> to map the old to the new s
<dt><tt><i>msa and msb fonts</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols.zip">fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/amsfonts/sources/symbols/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>virtual font set</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/vf-files/msx2msa.zip">fonts/vf-files/msx2msa</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/vf-files/msx2msa.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/vf-files/msx2msa/">browse</a>)
</dl>
+<p/>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=msxy">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=msxy</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-multbib.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-multbib.html
index 9ea0e52d624..1105a43ecc9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-multbib.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-multbib.html
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ bibtex diss2
<p/>There is also a command <code>\</code><code>btPrintNotCited</code>, which gives the rest of
the content of the database (if nothing has been cited from the
database, this is equivalent to LaTeX standard <code>\</code><code>nocite{*}</code>).
-<p/>However, the <em>real</em> difference from <i>miltibbl</i> and
-<i>mltibib</i> is that selection of what appears in each
+<p/>However, the <em>real</em> difference from <i>multibbl</i> and
+<i>multibib</i> is that selection of what appears in each
bibliography section is determined in <i>bibtopic</i> by what&rsquo;s in
the <code>.bib</code> files.
<p/>An entirely different approach is taken by the <i>splitbib</i>
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ package. You provide a <code>category</code> environment, in the
preamble of your document, for each category you want a separate
citation list for. In each environment, you list the <code>\</code><code>cite</code> keys
that you want listed in each category. The <code>\</code><code>bibliography</code> command
-(or, more precisely, the <code>thebibliograph</code> environment it
+(or, more precisely, the <code>thebibliography</code> environment it
uses) will sort the keys as requested. (Keys not mentioned in a
<code>category</code> appear in a &ldquo;misc&rdquo; category created in the
sorting process.) A code example appears in the package documentation
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-newlang.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-newlang.html
index 297fa5858c8..035348f0359 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-newlang.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-newlang.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ texconfig hyphen latex
<p/> or get a DOS window and run:<br>
<code>initexmf --dump</code>
-<p/> On a <i>MiKTeX</i> distribtution v2.0 or later, the whole
+<p/> On a <i>MiKTeX</i> distribution v2.0 or later, the whole
procedure can be done via the GUI. To select the new
language, do:<br>
<code>Start</code>-&gt;
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nodollar.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nodollar.html
index fe6805b81cd..4c0b9128d29 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nodollar.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nodollar.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ TeX (and by inheritance, LaTeX too) will say
</pre>
as if you couldn&rsquo;t possibly have misunderstood the import of what you
were typing, and the only possible interpretation is that you had
-commited a typo in failing to enter maths mode. TeX, therefore,
+committed a typo in failing to enter maths mode. TeX, therefore,
tries to patch things up by inserting the <code>$</code> you &lsquo;forgot&rsquo;, so that
the maths-only object will work; as often as not this will land you in
further confusion.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-noline.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-noline.html
index 4363e53a8c9..cd7e610c6c2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-noline.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-noline.html
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ in the environment:
\end{center}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-The solution here is plain: use the <code>\</code><code>\</code> command in the way it&rsquo;s
+The solution here is plain: use the <code>\\</code> command in the way it&rsquo;s
supposed to be used, to provide more than just a single line break
-space. <code>\</code><code>\</code> takes an optional argument, which specifies how much
-extra space to add; the required effect in the text above can be had
-by saying:
+space. <code>\\</code> takes an optional argument, which specifies
+how much extra space to add; the required effect in the text above can
+be had by saying:
<blockquote>
<pre>
\begin{center}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nopagebrk.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nopagebrk.html
index 2916264f930..714fe06c855 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nopagebrk.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-nopagebrk.html
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ text together, you need to end the paragraph inside the environment
(see <a href="FAQ-paraparam.html">preserving paragraph parameters</a>).
Also, if the things you are trying to keep together insert their own
pagebreak hints, <code>samepage</code> has no power over them: a good
-exaple is list items &mdash; they suggest page breaks between them. Even
+example is list items &mdash; they suggest page breaks between them. Even
if <code>samepage</code> <em>does</em> work, it&rsquo;s likely to leave stuff
jutting out at the bottom of the page.
<p/>A convenient trick is to set all the relevant stuff in a <code>\</code><code>parbox</code>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-oddpage.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-oddpage.html
index 5ad4bc7e7d4..2640db821fe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-oddpage.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-oddpage.html
@@ -22,20 +22,25 @@ the course of the output routine, and is therefore safe.
would do the necessary, but both the <i>babel</i> and
<i>hyperref</i> packages have been known to interfere with the
output of <code>\</code><code>pageref</code>; be careful!
-<p/>The <i>chngpage</i> package needs to provide this functionality for
+<p/>The <i>changepage</i> package needs to provide this functionality for
its own use, and therefore provides a command <code>\</code><code>checkoddpage</code>; this
sets a private-use label, and the page reference part of that label is
then examined (in a <i>hyperref</i>-safe way) to set a conditional
-<code>\</code><code>ifcpoddpage</code> true if the command was issued on an odd page. The
+<code>\</code><code>ifoddpage</code> true if the command was issued on an odd page. The
<i>memoir</i> class has the same command setting a conditional
<code>\</code><code>ifoddpage</code>. Of course, the <code>\</code><code>label</code> contributes to LaTeX&rsquo;s
&ldquo;Rerun to get cross-references right&rdquo; error messages...
+<p/>The (older) <i>chngpage</i> provides the same facilities (though it
+provides a <code>\</code><code>ifcpoddpage</code> command; <i>changepage</i> (whose
+functions are extracted from the author&rsquo;s <i>memoir</i> class) is the
+designated successor to <i>chngpage</i>.
<p/>The Koma-Script classes have an <code>addmargin*</code> environment
that also provides the sorts of facilities that the <i>chngpage</i>
offers. Koma-Script&rsquo;s supporting command is
<code>\</code><code>ifthispageodd{&lt;true&gt;}{&lt;false&gt;}</code> executes different things
depending on the page number.
<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>changepage.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/changepage.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/changepage.sty</a>
<dt><tt><i>chngpage.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/chngpage.sty</a>
<dt><tt><i>KOMA script bundle</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.zip">macros/latex/contrib/koma-script</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>memoir.cls</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir.zip">macros/latex/contrib/memoir</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ol-books.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ol-books.html
index 52b45d9bb96..84a65fde319 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ol-books.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ol-books.html
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ beginner&rsquo;s tutorial but it&rsquo;s a fine reference.
<p/>Addison-Wesley have also released the copyright of &ldquo;TeX for the
Impatient&rdquo; by Paul W. Abrahams, Karl Berry and Kathryn A. Hargreaves,
another book whose unavailability many have lamented. The authors
-have re-released the book under the GNU general documentation
-licence, and it is available from CTAN.
+have re-released the book under the GNU Free Documentation
+Licence, and it is available from CTAN.
<p/>Norm Walsh&rsquo;s &ldquo;Making TeX Work&rdquo; (originally published by O&rsquo;Reilly)
is also available (free) on the Web, at
<a href="http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/">http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/</a>; the sources of the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-onecolabs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-onecolabs.html
index acd67d35d03..99f87bc3b2d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-onecolabs.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-onecolabs.html
@@ -4,50 +4,56 @@
<h3>1-column abstract in 2-column document</h3>
<p/>One often requires that the abstract of a paper should appear across
the entire page, even in a two-column paper. The required trick is:
+<blockquote>
<pre>
- \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
- ...
- \begin{document}
- ... % \author, etc
- \twocolumn[
- \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
- \maketitle
- \begin{abstract}
- ...
- \end{abstract}
- \end{@twocolumnfalse}
+\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+...
+\begin{document}
+... % \author, etc
+\twocolumn[
+ \begin{@twocolumnfalse}
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{abstract}
+ ...
+ \end{abstract}
+ \end{@twocolumnfalse}
]
</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
Unfortunately, with the above <code>\</code><code>thanks</code> won&rsquo;t work in the
<code>\</code><code>author</code> list. If you need such specially-numbered footnotes, you
can make them like this:
+<blockquote>
<pre>
- \title{Demonstration}
- \author{Me, You\thanks{}}
- \twocolumn[
- ... as above ...
- ]
- {
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}%
- {\fnsymbol{footnote}}
- \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for nothing}
- }
+\title{Demonstration}
+\author{Me, You\thanks{}}
+\twocolumn[
+ ... as above ...
+]
+{
+ \renewcommand{\thefootnote}%
+ {\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for nothing}
+}
</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
and so on.
<p/>As an alternative, among other facilities the <i>abstract</i> package
provides a
<code>\</code><code>saythanks</code> command and a <code>onecolabstract</code> environment
which remove the need to fiddle with the <code>\</code><code>thanks</code> and
footnoting. They can be used like this:
+<blockquote>
<pre>
\twocolumn[
\maketitle % full width title
- \begin{onecolabstract} % full width abstract
- ... text
+ \begin{onecolabstract} % ditto abstract
+ ... text
\end{onecolabstract}
]
-\saythanks % typeset any \thanks
+\saythanks % typeset any \thanks
</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
The <i>memoir</i> class offers all the facilities of <i>abstract</i>.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>abstract.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/abstract.zip">macros/latex/contrib/abstract</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/abstract.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/abstract/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papergeom.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papergeom.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d02dc4cbce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papergeom.html
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<head>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label papergeom</title>
+</head><body>
+<h3>Getting the right paper geometry from (La)TeX</h3>
+<p/>If your output is the wrong size, and you&rsquo;ve checked that it&rsquo;s not due
+to the <a href="FAQ-acroantics.html">ministrations of Adobe <i>Reader</i></a>,
+the problem is probably that your (La)TeX system is producing output
+that specifies the wrong paper size. Paper sizes can be a pain:
+they&rsquo;re a forgotten backwater &mdash; Knuth seems not to have considered
+paper size as something the TeX engine needs to know about. As a
+result, there is no DVI command to specify the paper on which
+the document should be printed, which has led a dichotomy where macros
+shape the text according to the needs of the author&rsquo;s chosen paper
+size, and device drivers&rsquo; choice happens independently of the macros&rsquo;
+ideas.
+<p/>In practice, one usually finds that macro packages (such as Plain TeX and
+LaTeX) assume American &ldquo;letter&rdquo; paper size, by default; and since
+most distributions nowadays originate in Europe, the drivers usually
+default to ISO &ldquo;A4&rdquo; paper size.
+<p/>This is (of course) pretty unsatisfactory. Users may select a
+different paper size for their document (current LaTeX offers a
+range of sizes as options in the standard classes), pretty easily.
+Nevertheless, the user also has to be sure that each time
+<i>xdvi</i>, <i>dvips</i> (or whatever) runs, it uses the
+paper size the document was designed for.
+<p/>The default paper size for DVI drivers may be changed by a
+distribution management command (<i>texconfig</i> for TeX Live,
+the <i>Options</i> application for MiKTeX), but this still
+doesn&rsquo;t provide for people using the &ldquo;wrong&rdquo; sort of paper for some
+reason.
+<p/>A different issue arises for users of PDFTeX &mdash; the
+PDF format <em>does</em> have the means of expressing paper size
+and PDFTeX has system variables <code>\</code><code>pdfpagewidth</code> and
+<code>\</code><code>pdfpageheight</code>, that are written into the output PDF file.
+Unfortunately, most of the core software predates PDFTeX, so not even
+PDFLaTeX sets the correct values into those variables, to match the
+paper size specified in a <code>\</code><code>documentclass</code> option.
+<p/>The DVI drivers <i>dvips</i> and <i>dvipdfm</i> define
+<code>\</code><code>special</code> commands for the document to specify its own paper size;
+so in those cases, as when PDFTeX or VTeX is being used, the
+paper size can be programmed by the document. Users who wish to, may
+of course consult the manuals of the various programs to write the
+necessary code.
+<p/>The <i>geometry</i> package (whose main business is defining
+typeset page areas), also takes notice the size of the paper that the
+document is going to be printed on, and can issue the commands
+necessary to ensure the correct size of paper is used. If
+<i>geometry</i> is used when a document is being processed by
+PDFLaTeX, it can set the necessary dimensions &ldquo;in the output&rdquo;.
+If the document is being processed by LaTeX on a TeX or e-TeX
+engine, there are package options which instruct <i>geometry</i>
+which <code>\</code><code>special</code> commands to use. (Note that the options are
+ignored if you are using either PDFLaTeX or VTeX.)
+<p/>So, the resolution of the problem is to add
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+\usepackage[dvixxx,...]{geometry}
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+(where <code>dvixxx</code> is your current favourite DVI
+driver &mdash; <i>geometry</i> knows about <code>dvips</code> and
+<code>dvipdfm</code>), and the document will run correctly with
+LaTeX. If you&rsquo;re using PDFLaTeX, load with
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+\usepackage[pdftex,...]{geometry}
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+<p/>Needless to say, both the &ldquo;big&rdquo; classes (<i>koma-script</i> and
+<i>memoir</i>) provide their own ways to get the paper size
+&ldquo;right&rdquo;.
+<p/>The <i>typearea</i> package is the <i>Koma-script</i>
+distribution&rsquo;s way of providing page layout functionality. Load it
+with the <code>pagesize</code> option and it will ensure the correct
+paper is selected, for PDF output from PDFLaTeX, and for
+PostScript output from LaTeX via <i>dvips</i>.
+<p/><i>Memoir</i> has the standard classes&rsquo; paper-size selections
+(<code>a4paper</code>, <code>letterpaper</code> and so on), but also
+permits the user to choose an arbitrary paper size, by setting the
+length registers <code>\</code><code>stockheight</code> and <code>\</code><code>stockwidth</code>. The commands
+<code>\</code><code>fixdvipslayout</code> (for LaTeX processing), and <code>\</code><code>fixpdflayout</code>
+(for PDFLaTeX processing) then instruct the processor to produce
+output that specifies the necessary paper size.
+<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>geometry.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry.zip">macros/latex/contrib/geometry</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>memoir.cls</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir.zip">macros/latex/contrib/memoir</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>typearea.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.zip">macros/latex/contrib/koma-script</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/">browse</a>)
+</dl>
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=papergeom">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=papergeom</a>
+</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papersize.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papersize.html
index 356866d8651..ab1fcabda32 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papersize.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-papersize.html
@@ -1,77 +1,34 @@
<head>
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label papersize</title>
</head><body>
-<h3>Printer paper sizes</h3>
-<p/>If you&rsquo;re looking at this answer, it&rsquo;s likely you have a problem with
-fitting output to the page. It may be a common problem with Adobe
-<i>[Acrobat] Reader</i>: printing from that program
-<em>by default</em> shrinks the page &rdquo;to fit&rdquo;. Unfortunately, its
-calculation doesn&rsquo;t take the existing margins of the document into
-account, so that it shrinks what it believes is your whole page onto
-what it believes is its output page. The effect typically looks as if
-your margins have expanded.
-<p/>Solve this problem by adjusting the <i>Reader</i>&rsquo;s default in the
-print dialogue; unfortunately, this dialogue varies from one version
-to the next. On <i>Reader</i> version 7, there are two entries to
-check:
-<blockquote>
- Page Scaling (default: &rdquo;Fit to printer margins&rdquo;) &mdash; change to
- &rdquo;None&rdquo;, and<br>
- Scale (default 95\
-</blockquote><p>
-<p/>More generally, we should recognise that paper sizes can be a pain:
-they&rsquo;re a forgotten backwater, because
-there&rsquo;s no DVI command to specify the paper size of the
-document. One usually finds American &ldquo;letter&rdquo; paper size being
-assumed, by default, in macro packages (such as <i>plain</i> TeX and
-LaTeX); but distributions provide separate configuration files for
-DVI drivers. Since most distributions nowadays originate in
-Europe, the drivers usually default to ISO &ldquo;A4&rdquo; paper size.
-<p/>This is (of course) pretty unsatisfactory. Users may change the paper
-size their document is designed for, pretty easily (and once off), but
-they have to ensure that every run of <i>xdvi</i>,
-<i>dvips</i>, or whatever, is given the correct override for using
-anything non-&lsquo;standard&rsquo;.
-<p/>Furthermore, the default paper size for DVI drivers may be
-changed by a distribution management command, but this still doesn&rsquo;t
-provide for people using the &ldquo;wrong&rdquo; sort of paper for some reason.
-<p/>An interestingly different issue arises for users of PDFTeX &mdash; the
-PDF format <em>does</em> have the means of expressing paper size,
-but much of the core software predates PDFTeX, so not even
-PDFLaTeX sets the correct values into <code>\</code><code>pdfpagewidth</code> and
-<code>\</code><code>pdfpageheight</code>.
-<p/>The DVI drivers <i>dvips</i> and <i>dvipdfm</i> define
-<code>\</code><code>special</code> commands for the document to specify its own paper size;
-so in those cases, as in the case of PDFTeX and VTeX, the paper
-size can be programmed by the document. Users who wish to, may of
-course consult the manuals of the various programs to write the
-necessary code.
-<p/>The <i>geometry</i> package (whose main business is defining
-typeset page areas), also takes notice of the paper size the document
-is going to print to, and can issue the commands necessary to ensure
-the correct size is used. If <i>geometry</i> is used when a
-document is being processed by either PDFLaTeX or VTeX, it can
-set the necessary dimensions &rdquo;in the output&rdquo;. If the document
-is being processed by LaTeX on a TeX or e-TeX engine, there
-are two package options (<code>dvipdfm</code> and <code>dvips</code>)
-which instruct <i>geometry</i> which <code>\</code><code>special</code> commands to use.
-(Note that the options are ignored if you are using either PDFLaTeX
-or VTeX.)
-<p/>So, the resolution of the problem is to add
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-\usepackage[dvixxx,...]{geometry}
-</pre>
-</blockquote><p>
-(where <code>dvixxx</code> is your current favourite DVI
-driver), and the document will run correctly with any of
-LaTeX (whether or not run on VTeX) or PDFLaTeX.
-<p/>Give the <i>typearea</i> package the <code>pagesize</code> and it
-will do the same job, for PDFLaTeX output and PostScript output from
-LaTeX via <i>dvips</i>.
+<h3>The size of printed output</h3>
+<p/>The final product of a (La)TeX run is something for a person to
+read. Often, nowadays, that product will be read &ldquo;on-screen&rdquo;, but
+the printed page remains a principal output form.
+<p/>When we come to print our output, it is important that the output fits
+on the paper; in some cases, for the output to &ldquo;fit&rdquo; is good enough.
+However, there are circumstances where the actual size of the printed
+output, on the page, is crucial to the acceptance of the output.
+(This might happen when the output is a book to be published, or when
+it&rsquo;s a dissertation which must match the fancies of some bureaucrat
+even to be considered.)
+<p/>Sadly, we often find that the printed output doesn&rsquo;t conform to our
+expectations...
+<p/>The check-list for such problems has two entries:
+<ul>
+<li> Your output is generated via Adobe <i>Reader</i> (or
+ possibly &ldquo;<i>Acrobat Reader</i>&rdquo; &mdash; older versions of the
+ program had the qualified name). In this case, it may be that
+ <i>Reader</i> is willfully changing the size of your output:
+ read <a href="FAQ-acroantics.html"><i>Reader</i> antics</a>.
+<li> Something in your TeX system is producing the wrong size (or
+ shape) of output: read <a href="FAQ-papergeom.html">paper geometry</a>.
+</ul>
+<p/>An alternative approach is to use the (excellent) <i>testflow</i>
+suite, that provides a detailed outline of the potential problems
+together with a sample document and prototype outputs.
<dl>
-<dt><tt><i>geometry.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry.zip">macros/latex/contrib/geometry</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>typearea.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.zip">macros/latex/contrib/koma-script</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>testflow bundle</i></tt><dd><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/testflow/">macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/testflow/</a>
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=papersize">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=papersize</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-parallel.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-parallel.html
index 911075c41be..b84159458b7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-parallel.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-parallel.html
@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ as simple as
\end{Parallel}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
+<i>Parallel</i> can get terribly confused with colour changes, in
+PDFTeX; the indefatigable Heiko Oberdiek has a patch for this
+issue &mdash; the <i>pdfcolparallel</i>, which maintains separate
+colour stacks for the columns.
<p/>The <i>parcolumns</i> package can (in principle) deal with any
number of columns: the documentation shows its use with three
columns. Usage is rather similar to that of <i>parallel</i>,
@@ -49,6 +53,7 @@ the &lsquo;base&rsquo; text of the document.
<dt><tt><i>ledpar.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed with <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ledmac</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>parallel.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/parallel.zip">macros/latex/contrib/parallel</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/parallel.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/parallel/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>parcolumns.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sauerj.zip">macros/latex/contrib/sauerj</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sauerj.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sauerj/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>pdfcolparallel.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.zip">macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=parallel">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=parallel</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-patch.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-patch.html
index 495b7e0b6da..41ea39fc4c6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-patch.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-patch.html
@@ -47,30 +47,51 @@ This technique is obviously somewhat laborious, but if the original
command comes from a source that&rsquo;s liable to change under the control
of someone else, it does at least warn you that your patch is in
danger of going wrong.
-<p/>Otherwise, LaTeX users may use one of the <i>patch</i> or
-<i>patchcmd</i> systems.
-<p/><i>Patch</i> gives you an ingenious (and difficult to understand)
-mechanism, and comes as an old-style LaTeX documented macro file.
-Sadly the old-style <i>doc</i> macros are no longer available, but
-the file (<i>patch.doc</i>) may be input directly, and the
-documentation may be read (un-typeset). Roughly speaking, one gives
-the command a set of instructions analagous to <i>sed</i>
-substitutions, and it regenerates the command thus amended. The
-author of this FAQ has (slightly reluctantly) given up using
-<i>patch</i>...
+<p/>Otherwise, LaTeX users may use one of the <i>patchcmd</i>,
+<i>ted</i> or <i>etoolbox</i> packages.
<p/>The <i>patchcmd</i> package addresses a slightly simpler task, by
restricting the set of commands that you may patch; you mayn&rsquo;t patch
any command that has an optional argument, though it does deal with
the case of commands defined with <code>\</code><code>DeclareRobustCommand</code>. The
package defines a <code>\</code><code>patchcommand</code> command, that takes three
arguments: the command to patch, stuff to stick at the front of its
-definition, and stuff to stick on the end of its definition. So, if
-<code>\</code><code>b</code> contains &ldquo;<code>b</code>&rdquo;, then
-<code>\</code><code>patchcommand</code><code>\</code><code>b{a}{c}</code>
-will produce a new version of <code>\</code><code>b</code> that contains &ldquo;<code>abc</code>&rdquo;.
+definition, and stuff to stick on the end of its definition. So,
+after
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+\def\b{b}
+\patchcmd\b{a}{c}
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+we will have a new version of <code>\</code><code>b</code> defined as &ldquo;<code>abc</code>&rdquo;.
+<p/>The <i>ted</i> package is a &lsquo;token list editor&rsquo;, and provides a
+command <code>\</code><code>Substitute*</code> which will patch the contents of a macro,
+putting the result in a token-list, or (optionally) using the result
+to (re)define a macro. The package may also be used as a powerful
+debugging tool.
+<p/>The <i>etoolbox</i> (which provides user access to e-TeX&rsquo;s
+programming facilities) provides a command <code>\</code><code>patchcmd</code> which will
+perform a &ldquo;string substitution&rdquo; in a macro&rsquo;s definition. The
+package also provides commands that prepend (<code>\</code><code>pretocmd</code>) or append
+(<code>\</code><code>apptocmd</code>) to the definition of a command.
+<p/>Finally, we&rsquo;ll briefly consider a package that is (just about)
+usable, but not really recommendable. <i>Patch</i> gives you an
+ingenious (and difficult to understand) mechanism, and comes as an
+old-style LaTeX documented macro file, which can no longer be
+processed (as in
+
+ <a href="FAQ-install-doc.html">generating documentation for a new package</a>).
+Fortunately, the file (<i>patch.doc</i>) may be input directly, and
+&ldquo;documentation&rdquo; may found by reading the source of the package.
+Roughly speaking, one gives the command a set of instructions
+analogous to <i>sed</i> substitutions, and it regenerates the
+command thus amended. Unless you can&rsquo;t do your job any other way, you
+had probably best avoid <i>Patch</i>.
<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>etoolbox.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox.zip">macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>patch.doc</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/misc/patch.doc">macros/generic/misc/patch.doc</a>
<dt><tt><i>patchcommand.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/patchcmd.zip">macros/latex/contrib/patchcmd</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/patchcmd.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/patchcmd/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>ted.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ted.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ted</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ted.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ted/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=patch">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=patch</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pk.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pk.html
index 7beb3103a30..e551d954dc3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pk.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pk.html
@@ -4,17 +4,14 @@
<h3>What are PK files?</h3>
<p/>PK files (packed raster) contain font bitmaps. The output
from <a href="FAQ-useMF.html">Metafont</a> includes a generic font (GF) file
-and the
-utility <i>gftopk</i> produces the PK file from that.
-There are a lot of PK files, as one is needed for each font,
-that is each magnification (size) of each design (point) size for each
-weight for each family. Further, since the PK files for one printer
-do not necessarily work well for another, the whole set needs to be
-duplicated for each printer type at a site. In a modern TeX
-distribution, files are arranged according to the TeX directory
-structure
-
-(see <a href="FAQ-tds.html">TDS</a>),
-which has provision for all this variety.
+and the utility <i>gftopk</i> produces the PK file from
+that. There are a lot of PK files, as one is needed for each
+font, that is each magnification (size) of each design (point) size
+for each weight for each family. Further, since the PK files
+for one printer do not necessarily work well for another, the whole
+set needs to be duplicated for each printer type at a site. In a
+modern TeX distribution, files are arranged according to the TeX
+directory structure <a href="FAQ-tds.html">TDS</a>, which has provision for
+all this variety.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=pk">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=pk</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkfix.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkfix.html
index ddb525c90ce..71fcd491f40 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkfix.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkfix.html
@@ -17,22 +17,21 @@ font, <i>pkfix</i> puts appropriate TeX commands in a file,
which it then processes and runs through <i>dvips</i> (with switch
<code>-Ppdf</code>) to acquire an appropriate copy of the font; these copies are
then patched back into the original file.
-<p/>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Yet another option is Frank Siegert&rsquo;s (shareware)
+<p/>If your source file is older than <i>pkfix</i> can deal with,
+there&rsquo;s still a modicum of hope: <i>pkfix-helper</i> examines the
+bitmap fonts in a document, compares them with the metric
+(<code>.tfm</code>) fonts on your system and comes to a view of which
+font might be which. The program reports on &ldquo;poor&rdquo; matches, and
+there are options for confirming, or replacing, its guesses. The
+technique (which sounds implausible) is successful enough to be worth
+a try.
+<p/>A further option is Frank Siegert&rsquo;s (shareware)
<a href="http://www.pstill.com">PStill</a>, which is capable of processing
the PostScript it is distilling, and one option is to replace bitmap fonts
in the file with Type 1 versions.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>pkfix</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/pkfix.zip">support/pkfix</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/pkfix.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/pkfix/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>pkfix-helper</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/pkfix-helper.zip">support/pkfix-helper</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/pkfix-helper.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/pkfix-helper/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=pkfix">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=pkfix</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkgdoc.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkgdoc.html
index b37cd7dcb54..31c10e1707f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkgdoc.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-pkgdoc.html
@@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ or a PDF reader.
browser to look at its copy of the CTAN catalogue. The
catalogue has an entry for package documentation, and since the
CTAN team asks authors documentation of their packages (and
-even occasionally generates documentation itself, you will more often
-than not find documentation that way.
+members of the team even occasionally generate documentation that
+seems useful), you will more often than not find documentation that
+way.
<p/>If your luck (as defined above) doesn&rsquo;t hold out, you&rsquo;ve got to find
documentation by other means. This is where you need to exercise your
intelligence: you have to find the documentation for yourself. What
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-plninltxstar.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-plninltxstar.html
index e82af36e735..d99a905e43c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-plninltxstar.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-plninltxstar.html
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Using Plain or primitive commands in LaTeX</h3>
<p/>It&rsquo;s well-known that LaTeX commands tend to be more complex, and to
-run more slowly than, any Plain (or primitive) command that they
+run more slowly than, any Plain TeX (or primitive) command that they
replace. There is therefore great temptation not to use LaTeX
commands when macro programming. Nevertheless, the general rule is
that you should use LaTeX commands, if there are seeming
equivalents. The exception is when you are sure you know the
differences between the two commands and you know that you need the
-Plain version. So, for example, use <code>\</code><code>mbox</code> in place of <code>\</code><code>hbox</code>
+Plain TeX version. So, for example, use <code>\</code><code>mbox</code> in place of <code>\</code><code>hbox</code>
unless you know that the extras that LaTeX provides in <code>\</code><code>mbox</code>
would cause trouble in your application. Similarly, use
<code>\</code><code>newcommand</code> (or one of its relatives) unless you need one of the
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ constructs that cannot be achieved without the use of <code>\</code><code>def</c
paragraph if necessary; this isn&rsquo;t the case with Plain TeX
commands, a fact which has a potential to confuse.
<p/>The commands <code>\</code><code>smallskip</code>, <code>\</code><code>medskip</code> and <code>\</code><code>bigskip</code> exist both
-in Plain TeX and LaTeX, but behave slightly differently: in Plain
-TeX they terminate the current paragraph, but in LaTeX they
+in Plain TeX and LaTeX, but behave slightly differently: in
+Plain TeX they terminate the current paragraph, but in LaTeX they
don&rsquo;t. The command <code>\</code><code>line</code> is part of picture mode in LaTeX,
whereas it&rsquo;s defined as &ldquo;<code>\</code><code>hbox</code><code> to </code><code>\</code><code>hsize</code>&rdquo; in
Plain TeX. (There&rsquo;s no equivalent for users of the Plain TeX command in
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ in LaTeX, can miss the effect of the class option <code>fleqn</code>.
LaTeX. Plain TeX&rsquo;s font loading command
(<code>\</code><code>font</code><code>\</code><code>foo=</code>&lt;<i>fontname</i>&gt;) and its LaTeX equivalent
(<code>\</code><code>newfont</code>) should be avoided wherever possible. They are only
-safe in the most trivial contexts, and aer potential sources of great
+safe in the most trivial contexts, and are potential sources of great
confusion in many circumstances. Further discussion of this issue
may be found in &ldquo;<a href="FAQ-newfontstar.html">What&rsquo;s wrong with <code>\</code><code>newfont</code>?</a>&rdquo;.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-poster.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-poster.html
index 895a9baa746..f94e4158f41 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-poster.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-poster.html
@@ -32,16 +32,24 @@ allows you to construct the outline of frames for use with
that explain the process (mostly in terms of the <i>a0poster</i>
route):
<ul>
-<li> from Norman Gray, <a href="http://purl.org/nxg/note/posters">http://purl.org/nxg/note/posters</a>;
-<li> from &ldquo;<em>awf</em>&rdquo; and &ldquo;<em>capes</em>&rdquo;
- <a href="http://www.robots.ox.ac.uk/~awf/latex-posters/">http://www.robots.ox.ac.uk/~awf/latex-posters/</a>;
+<li> from Norman Gray,
+ <a href="http://nxg.me.uk/docs/posters/">Producing posters using LaTeX</a>;
+<li> from Nicola Talbot,
+ <a href="http://theoval.sys.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/posters/index.html">Creating technical posters with LaTeX</a>
+<li> from &ldquo;<em>awf</em>&rdquo; and &ldquo;<em>capes</em>&rdquo;
+ <a href="http://www.robots.ox.ac.uk/~awf/latex-posters/">Preparing conference posters in LaTeX</a>
+ (the page discusses a sample, which you can download);
+<li> From Rob Clark
+ <a href="http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/robert/posters/advanced.html">Advanced LaTeX Posters</a>
+ (which has links to code samples);
<li> from Brian Wolven,
<a href="http://fuse.pha.jhu.edu/~wolven/posters.html">http://fuse.pha.jhu.edu/~wolven/posters.html</a> (this page also
provides macros and other support suggestions); and
-<li> from &ldquo;<em>pjh</em>&rdquo;,
- <a href="http://www.phys.ufl.edu/~pjh/posters/poster_howto_UF.html">http://www.phys.ufl.edu/~pjh/posters/poster_howto_UF.html</a>,
+<li> from &ldquo;<em>pjh</em>&rdquo;
+ <a href="http://www.phys.ufl.edu/~pjh/posters/poster_howto_UF.html">Making and printing a poster with LaTeX</a>,
which covers the specific issue of dealing with University of
- Florida styled poster, but has hints which are generally useful.
+ Florida styled poster (offering supporting material as necessary),
+ but has hints which are generally useful.
</ul>
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>a0poster.cls</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/a0poster.zip">macros/latex/contrib/a0poster</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/a0poster.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/a0poster/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-prept1font.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-prept1font.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0c06f0651b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-prept1font.html
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<head>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label prept1font</title>
+</head><body>
+<h3>Preparing a Type 1 font</h3>
+<p/>The process of installing a Type 1 font set is rather convoluted, but
+it may be separated into a modest set of operations.
+<p/>The two basic stages are to prepare the font(s) for installation (this
+question) and installing the result (see
+<a href="FAQ-instt1font.html">installing a Type 1 font</a>). Each of
+these basic stages
+<p/>Many fonts are supplied in (La)TeX ready form: such fonts need no
+preparation, and may be <a href="FAQ-instt1font.html">installed immediately</a>.
+However, if you purchase a font from a Type foundry (either direct or
+via one of the web stores), you are likely to need to &lsquo;prepare&rsquo; it for
+use with (La)TeX. The rest of this answer discusses this preparation.
+<ul>
+<li> Acquire the font. A very small set of Type 1 fonts is installed
+ in most PostScript printers you will encounter. For those few (whose use
+ is covered by the basic PSNFSS package), you don&rsquo;t need the
+ Type 1 font itself, to be able to print using the font.
+<p/> For all the myriad other Type 1 fonts, to be able to print using
+ the font you need the Type 1 file itself. Some of these are
+ available for free (they&rsquo;ve either been donated to the public
+ domain, or were developed as part of a free software project), but
+ the vast majority are commercial products, requiring you to spend
+ real money.
+<li> Acquire the fonts&rsquo; AFM files. AFM files contain
+ information from the font foundry, about the sizes of the characters
+ in the font, and how they fit together. One measure of the quality
+ of a font-supplier is that they provide the AFM files by
+ default: if the files are not available, you are unlikely to be able
+ to use the font with (La)TeX.
+<li> Rename the AFM files and the Type 1 files to match the
+ <a href="FAQ-fontname.html">Berry font naming scheme</a>.
+<li> Generate TeX metric files from the AFM files. The
+ commonest tool for this task is <i>fontinst</i>; the package
+ documentation helps, but other guides are available (see below).
+ The simplest possible script to pass to <i>fontinst</i> is:
+ <blockquote>
+<pre>
+\latinfamily{xyz}{}
+\bye
+</pre>
+ </blockquote><p>
+ where <code>xyz</code> is the Berry name of the font family. This
+ simple script is adequate for most purposes: its output covers the
+ font family in both T1 and OT1 font encodings. Nevertheless,
+ with fancier fonts, more elaborate things are possible with
+ <i>fontinst</i>: see its documentation for details.
+<p/> <i>Fontinst</i> also generates map files, and LaTeX font
+ definition (<code>.fd</code>) files.
+</ul>
+Having traversed this list, you have a set of font files ready for
+installation.
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=prept1font">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=prept1font</a>
+</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-previewers.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-previewers.html
index c803b2df4d3..85f53efa309 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-previewers.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-previewers.html
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ have good previewers for PCs running Windows, or for Macintoshes.
<p/>For Unix systems, there is one &lsquo;canonical&rsquo; viewer, <i>xdvi</i>.
<i>Xdvik</i> is a version of <i>xdvi</i> using the
<i>web2c</i> libraries; it is now built from the same distribution
-as <i>xdvi</i>. The TeX-live distributions for Unix systems
+as <i>xdvi</i>. The TeX Live distributions for Unix systems
include a version of <i>xdvik</i>.
<p/>Alternatives to previewing include
<ul>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-proof.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-proof.html
index 87b47238e3e..fcd2ef09876 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-proof.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-proof.html
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ AMSLaTeX&rsquo;s numbering environments.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>amsthm.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of the AMSLaTeX bundle
<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex.zip">macros/latex/required/amslatex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>ntheorem</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>ntheorem.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=proof">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=proof</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-protect.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-protect.html
index 710c346f896..dd0389f9118 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-protect.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-protect.html
@@ -4,15 +4,13 @@
<h3>What&rsquo;s the reason for &lsquo;protection&rsquo;?</h3>
<p/>Sometimes LaTeX saves data it will reread later. These data are
often the argument of some command; they are the so-called moving
-arguments. (&lsquo;Moving&rsquo; because data are moved around.) Places to look for
+arguments. (&lsquo;Moving&rsquo; because data are moved around.) Candidates
are all arguments that may go into table of contents, list of figures,
<em>etc</em>.; namely, data that are written to an auxiliary file and
read in later. Other places are those data that might appear in head-
or footlines. Section headings and figure captions are the most
prominent examples; there&rsquo;s a complete list in Lamport&rsquo;s book
(see <a href="FAQ-books.html">TeX-related books</a>).
-<p/>
-
<p/>What&rsquo;s going on really, behind the scenes? The commands in moving
arguments are normally expanded to their internal structure during the
process of saving. Sometimes this expansion results in invalid TeX
@@ -26,26 +24,62 @@ illegal TeX code during the save process.
TeX code during the save process.
<p/>Lamport&rsquo;s book says in its description of every LaTeX command whether
it is &lsquo;robust&rsquo; or &lsquo;fragile&rsquo;; it also says that every command with an
-optional argument is fragile. These lists aren&rsquo;t as reliable as the
-list of moving arguments; the statements may have been true in
-early versions of LaTeX2e but are not any longer necessarily so:
+optional argument is fragile. The list isn&rsquo;t reliable, and neither
+is the assertion about optional arguments; the statements may have
+been true in early versions of LaTeX2e but are not any longer
+necessarily so:
<ul>
<li> Some fragile commands, such as <code>\</code><code>cite</code>, have been made robust
in later revisions of LaTeX.
-<li> Some robust commands are redefined by certain packages to be
- fragile (the <code>\</code><code>cite</code> command commonly suffers this treatment).
<li> Some commands, such as <code>\</code><code>end</code> and <code>\</code><code>nocite</code>, are fragile
even though they have no optional arguments.
<li> The &ldquo;user&rsquo;s way&rdquo; of creating a command with an optional
- argument (using <code>\</code><code>newcommand</code>) now always creates a robust
- command. There is no reason that a package author should not also
- make robust commands with optional arguments as part of the
- package.
+ argument (using <code>\</code><code>newcommand</code> or <code>\</code><code>newcommand*</code>) now always
+ creates a robust command (though macros without optional arguments
+ may still be fragile if they do things that are themselves fragile).
+<li> There is no reason that a package author should not also make
+ robust commands with optional arguments as part of the package.
+<li> Some robust commands are redefined by certain packages to be
+ fragile (the <code>\</code><code>cite</code> command commonly suffers this treatment).
</ul>
-In short, the situation is confusing. No-one believes this is
-satisfactory, and the LaTeX team have removed the need for
+Further, simply &ldquo;hiding&rdquo; a fragile command in another command, has
+no effect on fragility. So, if <code>\</code><code>fred</code> is fragile, and you write:
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+\newcommand{\jim}{\fred}
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+then <code>\</code><code>jim</code> is fragile too. There is, however, the
+<code>\</code><code>newcommand</code>-replacement <code>\</code><code>DeclareRobustCommand</code>, which
+<em>always</em> creates a robust command (whether or not it has optional
+arguments). The syntax of <code>\</code><code>DeclareRobustCommand</code> is substantially
+identical to that of <code>\</code><code>newcommand</code>, and if you do the wrapping
+trick above as:
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\jim}{\fred}
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+then <code>\</code><code>jim</code> is robust.
+<p/>Finally, we have the <i>makerobust</i> package, which defines
+<code>\</code><code>MakeRobustCommand</code> to convert a command to be robust. With the
+package, the &ldquo;wrapping&rdquo; above can simply be replaced by:
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
+\MakeRobustCommand\fred
+</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
+Whereafter, <code>\</code><code>fred</code> is robust. Using the package may be reasonable
+if you have lots of fragile commands that you need to use in moving
+arguments.
+<p/>In short, the situation is confusing. No-one believes this is
+satisfactory; the LaTeX team have removed the need for
protection of some things, but the techniques available in
current LaTeX mean that this is an expensive exercise. It remains
a long-term aim of the team to remove all need for <code>\</code><code>protect</code>ion.
+<dl>
+<dt><tt><i>makerobust.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed with Heiko Oberdiek&rsquo;s packages
+ <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.zip">macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/">browse</a>)
+</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfchoice.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfchoice.html
index e7b2aeebaea..290f4b4e55c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfchoice.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfchoice.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ by
or by
<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb19-2/tb59bouc.pdf">Thierry Bouche in <i>TUGboat</i> 19(2)</a>).
-For maths, then, there are relatively few choices (though the list is
+For mathematics, then, there are relatively few choices (though the list is
at last growing). There are several font families available that are
based on Knuth&rsquo;s original designs, and some that complement other
commercial text font designs; one set (MicroPress&rsquo;s &lsquo;informal math&rsquo;)
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ mathematics include:
versions of the fonts.
<dt>AMS fonts<dd>(52 fonts, optical scaling) The AMS<br>
This set of fonts offers adjuncts to the CM set, including
- two sets of symbol fonts (<code>msam</code> and <code>msbm</code>) and Euler text fonts.
+ two sets of symbol fonts (<i>msam</i> and <i>msbm</i>) and
+ Euler text fonts.
These are not a self-standing family, but merit discussion here (not
least because several other families mimic the symbol fonts).
Freely-available Type 1 versions of the fonts are available on
@@ -63,16 +64,19 @@ mathematics include:
fonts come with a <i>fourier</i> package for use with LaTeX;
text support of OT1 encoding is not provided &mdash; you are
expected to use T1.
+<p/> For a sample, see \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/utopia/}
<dt>Fourier/New Century Schoolbook<dd>Michael Zedler<br>
<i>Fouriernc</i> is a configuration using the Fourier fonts in
the context of New Century Schoolbook text fonts.
-<dt>Kp-fonts<dd>The Johannes Kepler project<br>
+<p/> For a sample, see \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/newcent/}
+<dt>KP-fonts<dd>The Johannes Kepler project<br>
The <i>kp-fonts</i> family provides a comprehensive set of text
and maths fonts. The set includes replacement fixed-width and sans
fonts (though some reports have suggested that these are less
successful, and their use may be suppressed when loading the fonts&rsquo;
<i>kpfonts</i> LaTeX support package).
-<dt>MathDesign<dd>(4 entire families...so far) Paul Pichareau<br>
+<p/> For an example, see \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/kpserif/}
+<dt>MathDesign<dd>(4 entire families...so far) Paul Pichaureau<br>
This set so far offers mathematics fonts to match Adobe Utopia, URW
Garamond, Bitstream Charter (all of which are separately available,
on CTAN, in Type 1 format) and Fontsite Garamond
@@ -84,6 +88,10 @@ mathematics include:
those who are willing to discuss their experiences, would obviously
be welcome. Browse the CTAN directory and see which you
want: there is a wealth of documentation and examples.
+<p/> For samples of the free variants, see
+ \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/charter/} for URW Charter,
+ \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/garamond/} for URW Garamond and
+ \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/utopia-md/} for Adobe Utopia.
<dt>Belleek<dd>(3 fonts) Richard Kinch<br>
Belleek is the upshot of Kinch&rsquo;s thoughts on how Metafont might be used
in the future: they were published simultaneously as Metafont source,
@@ -104,11 +112,22 @@ mathematics include:
is that the mathptm fonts are (effectively) free, and the resulting
PostScript files can be freely exchanged. Support under LaTeX2e
is available in <a href="FAQ-usepsfont.html">PSNFSS</a>.
+<p/> For a sample, see \url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/times/}
<dt>Computer Modern Bright<dd>Free scalable outline versions of these
fonts do exist; they are covered below together with their
commercial parallels.
</dl>
-Fonts capable of setting TeX mathematics, that are available
+The excellent <em>font catalogue</em> keeps an
+<a href="http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/mathfonts.html">up-to-date list</a>
+which describes the fonts by giving names and short examples, only.
+(At the time of writing &mdash; June 2008 &mdash; the list has several that
+are only scheduled for inclusion here.
+<p/>Another useful document is Stephen Hartke&rsquo;s &ldquo;Free maths font
+survey&rdquo;, which is available on CTAN in both PDF and
+HTML formats. The survey covers most of the fonts mentioned in
+the font catalogue, but also mentions some (such as <i>Belleek</i>
+that the catalogue omits.
+<p/>Fonts capable of setting TeX mathematics, that are available
commercially, include:
<dl>
<dt>BA Math<dd>(13 fonts) MicroPress Inc.<br>
@@ -198,7 +217,7 @@ commercially, include:
Computer Modern, with a large x-height, and include a larger set of
maths symbols, operators, relations and delimiters than CM
(over 800 instead of 384: among others, it also includes the
- AMS <code>msam</code> and <code>msbm</code> symbol sets). &lsquo;Lucida
+ AMS <i>msam</i> and <i>msbm</i> symbol sets). &lsquo;Lucida
Bright Expert&rsquo;
(14 fonts) adds seriffed fixed width, another handwriting font,
smallcaps, bold maths, upright &lsquo;maths italic&rsquo;, <em>etc</em>., to the
@@ -218,31 +237,6 @@ commercially, include:
reencoding fonts <em>etc</em>. (In some sense this set is the
ancestor of the LucidaBright plus LucidaNewMath font set, which are
not currently available.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
<dt>MathTime Pro2<dd>Publish or Perish (Michael Spivak)<br>
This latest instance of the MathTime family covers all the weights
(medium, bold and heavy) and symbols of previous versions of
@@ -251,7 +245,7 @@ commercially, include:
The fonts are supported under both Plain TeX and LaTeX2e, and
are exclusively available for purchase from
<a href="FAQ-commercial.html">Personal TeX Inc</a>.
- <p/>
+ par
For further details and samples and fliers, see
<a href="http://www.pctex.com/mtpro2.html">http://www.pctex.com/mtpro2.html</a>
@@ -402,6 +396,8 @@ print file (PostScript or PDF) for their output device.
<dt><tt><i>Lucida Bright/Math metrics</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/bh/lucida.zip">fonts/psfonts/bh/lucida</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/bh/lucida.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/bh/lucida/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>Lucida PSNFSS support</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psnfssx/lucidabr.zip">macros/latex/contrib/psnfssx/lucidabr</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psnfssx/lucidabr.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psnfssx/lucidabr/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>MathDesign collection</i></tt><dd><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/mathdesign/">fonts/mathdesign/</a>
+<dt><tt><i>Maths Font Survey</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/en/survey.pdf">info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/en/survey.pdf</a>
+ (PDF) or <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/en/survey.html">info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/en/survey.html</a> (HTML)
<dt><tt><i>Minion Pro support</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro.zip">fonts/minionpro</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>MnSymbol family</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mnsymbol.zip">fonts/mnsymbol</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mnsymbol.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/mnsymbol/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>pxfonts</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/pxfonts.zip">fonts/pxfonts</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/pxfonts.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/pxfonts/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfontprob.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfontprob.html
index 95ce51a336a..0a1a8ea52b9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfontprob.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-psfontprob.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
<a href="FAQ-usepsfont.html">PSNFSS</a> package, three questions may arise.
<p/>First, you have to declare to the DVI driver that you are using
PostScript fonts; in the case of <i>dvips</i>, this means adding
-lines to the <code>psfonts.map</code> file, so that <i>dvips</i> will know
+lines to the <i>psfonts.map</i> file, so that <i>dvips</i> will know
where the proper fonts are, and won&rsquo;t try to find PK
files. If the font isn&rsquo;t built into the printer, you have to acquire
it (which may mean that you need to purchase the font files).
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ragright.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ragright.html
index b40bbf4d248..bdfdc625eaa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ragright.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-ragright.html
@@ -7,21 +7,19 @@ TeX engine &ldquo;make this paragraph ragged, but never <em>too</em>
ragged&rdquo;. The LaTeX <code>\</code><code>raggedright</code> command (and the
corresponding <code>flushleft</code> environment) has a tendency to
miss the &ldquo;never&rdquo; part, and will often create ridiculously short
-lines, for some minor benefit later in the paragraph. The Plain
-TeX version of the command doesn&rsquo;t suffer this failing, but is
-rather conservative: it is loath to create too large a gap at the end
-of the line, but in some circumstances (such as where
-
-
-<a href="FAQ-hyphoff.html">hyphenation is suppressed</a>) painfully large gaps may
-sometimes be required.
+lines, for some minor benefit later in the paragraph. The
+Plain TeX version of the command doesn&rsquo;t suffer this failing, but
+is rather conservative: it is loath to create too large a gap at the
+end of the line, but in some circumstances &mdash; such as where
+<a href="FAQ-hyphoff.html">hyphenation is suppressed</a> &mdash; painfully large gaps
+may sometimes be required.
<p/>Martin Schr&ouml;der&rsquo;s <i>ragged2e</i> package offers the best of both
worlds: it provides raggedness which is built on the Plain TeX
model, but which is easily configurable. It defines easily-remembered
command (e.g., <code>\</code><code>RaggedRight</code>) and environment (e.g.,
<code>FlushLeft</code>) names that are simply capitalised
transformations of the LaTeX kernel originals. The documentation
-discusses the issues and explains the signficance of the various
+discusses the issues and explains the significance of the various
parameters of <i>ragged2e</i>&rsquo;s operation.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>ragged2e.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ms.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ms</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ms.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ms/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-readtex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-readtex.html
index 7844a57b389..1968c6d11d9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-readtex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-readtex.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ file, and complete TeX systems are pretty large.
<a href="FAQ-whatTeX.html">what is TeX</a>),
and its basic source is available free from its author. However, at
its root, it is <em>just</em> a typesetting engine: even to view or to
-print the typeset output, you will need anciliary programs. In short,
+print the typeset output, you will need ancillary programs. In short,
you need a TeX <em>distribution</em> &mdash; a collection of
TeX-related programs tailored to your operating system: for details
of the sorts of things that are available, see
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-reallyblank.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-reallyblank.html
index 30e0bc2407e..47a0a9fe574 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-reallyblank.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-reallyblank.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ of <code>\</code><code>cleardoublepage</code>: instructions on macro programming
<a href="FAQ-patch.html">patching techniques</a> explain the problem and
why this is a solution.
<p/>Note that the <em>KOMA-Script</em> replacements for the
-<i>book</i> amd <i>report</i> classes (<i>scrbook</i> and
+<i>book</i> and <i>report</i> classes (<i>scrbook</i> and
<i>scrreprt</i> offers class options <code>cleardoubleempty</code>,
<code>cleardoubleplain</code> and <code>cleardoublestandard</code>
(using the running page style, as normal) that control the appearance
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secnumdep.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secnumdep.html
index e45ad2c9e51..e708dbdc7ef 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secnumdep.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secnumdep.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ package <i>tocbibind</i> has options to include the table of
contents itself, the <code>bibliography</code>, <code>index</code>, etc., to
the table of contents.
<p/>The <i>KOMA-Script</i> classes have commands <code>\</code><code>addchap</code> and
-<code>\</code><code>addsec</code>, which work like <code>\</code><code>chapter</code> and <code>\</code><code>section</code> but
+<code>\</code><code>addled</code>, which work like <code>\</code><code>chapter</code> and <code>\</code><code>section</code> but
aren&rsquo;t numbered. The <i>memoir</i> class incorporates the facilities
of all three of the <i>abstract</i>, <i>tocbibind</i> and
<i>tocvsec2</i> packages.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secthead.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secthead.html
index 738c87c0158..fd1d5e84288 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secthead.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-secthead.html
@@ -54,8 +54,6 @@ and
<a href="http://zoonek.free.fr/LaTeX/LaTeX_samples_section/0.html">section heading styles</a>.
The web pages are not useful to users unless they are willing to do
their own LaTeX programming.
-<p/>The documentation of <i>fncychap</i> is distributed as a separate
-PostScript file.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>anonchap.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/anonchap.sty">macros/latex/contrib/misc/anonchap.sty</a>
<dt><tt><i>fncychap.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap.zip">macros/latex/contrib/fncychap</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-setURL.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-setURL.html
index 3314113ce97..c9e444ad6a8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-setURL.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-setURL.html
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ representation is awful.
package (directly or indirectly); both <i>path</i> and
<i>url</i> work well with Plain TeX (though of course, the fancy
LaTeX facilities of <i>url</i> don&rsquo;t have much place there).
-(<i>hyperref</i> isn&rsquo;t available in a version for use with Plain
-TeX.)
+(<i>hyperref</i> isn&rsquo;t available in a version for use with Plain TeX.)
<p/>Note that neither <code>\</code><code>path</code> (from package <i>path</i>) nor <code>\</code><code>url</code> (from
package <i>url</i>) is robust (in the LaTeX sense). If you need
a URL to go in a moving argument, you need the command
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slashbox.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slashbox.html
index 763d9b4eb2c..a209eb2eb06 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slashbox.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slashbox.html
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label slashbox</title>
</head><body>
<h3>Diagonal separation in corner cells of tables</h3>
+<!-- tabular -->
<p/>You want to label both the top or bottom row and the left- or
rightmost column, somewhere at the corner of the table where the row
and column meet. A simple way to achieve the result is to construct
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slidecls.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slidecls.html
index b4eb438aa6c..2cec4a4dcc4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slidecls.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-slidecls.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ commands from one of the <i>pp4</i> packages. The commands don&rsquo;t
work on PDF that has come from <i>dvips</i> output; they
work with PDF generated by PDFLaTeX, VTeX LaTeX, or
<i>dvipdfm</i> running on LaTeX output.
-<p/><i>Pdfscreen</i> and <i>texpower</i> are add-on pakages that
+<p/><i>Pdfscreen</i> and <i>texpower</i> are add-on packages that
permit dynamic effects in documents formatted in &ldquo;more modest&rdquo;
classes; <i>pdfscreen</i> will even allow you to plug
&ldquo;presentation effects&rdquo; into an <i>article</i>-class document.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-spell.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-spell.html
index 9bea493d68c..ae6333b3514 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-spell.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-spell.html
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ version of <i>ispell</i>.
<dt><tt><i>4spell</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/4spell.zip">support/4spell</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/4spell.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/4spell/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>amspell</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/amspell.zip">support/amspell</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/amspell.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/amspell/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>aspell</i></tt><dd>Browse <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/aspell/">support/aspell/</a> &mdash; choose just those language
- dictionaries (under subdirectory <i>dict/</i> that you need.
+ dictionaries (under subdirectory <i>dict/</i>) that you need.
<dt><tt><i>excalibur</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/mac/support/excalibur/Excalibur-4.0.2.sit.hqx">systems/mac/support/excalibur/Excalibur-4.0.2.sit.hqx</a>
<dt><tt><i>ispell</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/ispell/ispell-3.2.06.tar.gz">support/ispell/ispell-3.2.06.tar.gz</a>
<dt><tt><i>jspell</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/jspell.zip">support/jspell</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/jspell.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/jspell/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>VMS spell</i></tt><dd>
<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vmspell.zip">support/vmspell</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vmspell.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/vmspell/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>winedt</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/win32/winedt/winedt32.exe">systems/win32/winedt/winedt32.exe</a>
+<dt><tt><i>winedt</i></tt><dd><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/win32/winedt/">systems/win32/winedt/</a>
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=spell">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=spell</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tds-zip.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tds-zip.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bb2d5cbea86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tds-zip.html
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<head>
+<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label tds-zip</title>
+</head><body>
+<h3>Prebuilt installation files on the archive</h3>
+<p/>The <a href="FAQ-tds.html">TDS</a> is a simple structure, and almost all
+files can be installed simply by putting them in the &ldquo;right&rdquo; place,
+and updating a single index. (Note, this simple idea typically
+doesn&rsquo;t work for fonts, unless they&rsquo;re distributed as Metafont source.)
+<p/>The CTAN network is therefore acquiring &ldquo;TDS-ZIP&rdquo; files,
+which have a built-in directory structure that matches the TDS.
+These files have to be built, and the CTAN team has asked that
+package authors supply them (the team will advise, of course, if the
+author has trouble). Everyone hopes that the extra work involved will
+contrinute to happier lives for package users, which in turn must
+surely help keep the TeX community lively and active.
+<p/>Use of the files is discussed in
+&ldquo;<a href="FAQ-inst-tds-zip.html">installing using preformatted ZIP files</a>&rdquo;.
+<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds-zip">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds-zip</a>
+</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-textflow.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-textflow.html
index 0e288e130bd..625db53d66d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-textflow.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-textflow.html
@@ -6,16 +6,18 @@
all have their limitations because the TeX machine isn&rsquo;t really
designed to solve this sort of problem. Piet van Oostrum has
conducted a survey of the available packages; he recommends:
-<p/><dl>
+<dl>
<dt><code>floatflt</code><dd> <i>floatflt</i> is an improved version
(for LaTeX2e) of <i>floatfig.sty</i>, and its syntax is:
-<p/><pre>
+<blockquote>
+<pre>
\begin{floatingfigure}[options]{width of figure}
figure contents
\end{floatingfigure}
</pre>
+</blockquote><p>
-<p/>There is a (more or less similar) <code>floatingtable</code>
+There is a (more or less similar) <code>floatingtable</code>
environment.
<p/>The tables or figures can be set left or right, or alternating on
even/odd pages in a double-sided document.
@@ -23,9 +25,9 @@ even/odd pages in a double-sided document.
in the neighbourhood of list environments (unless you change your
LaTeX document).
<dt><code>wrapfig</code><dd> <i>wrapfig</i> has syntax:
-<p/><blockquote>
+<blockquote>
<pre>
-\begin{wrapfigure}[height of figure in lines]{l|r,...}[overhang]{width}
+\begin{wrapfigure}[height of figure in lines]{l,r,...}[overhang]{width}
figure, caption, etc.
\end{wrapfigure}
</pre>
@@ -34,10 +36,11 @@ LaTeX document).
The syntax of the <code>wraptable</code> environment is similar.
<p/> Height can be omitted, in which case it will be calculated by the
package; the package will use the greater of the specified and the
- actual width. The <code>{l</code><em>,</em><code>r</code><em>,etc</em>.<code>}</code> parameter can
- also be specified as <code>i</code><em>(nside)</em> or <code>o</code><em>(utside)</em> for
- two-sided documents, and uppercase can be used to indicate that
- the picture should float. The overhang allows the figure to be
+ actual width. The <code>{l,r,<em>etc</em>.}</code> parameter may
+ also be specified as <code>i</code><em>(nside)</em> or
+ <code>o</code><em>(utside)</em> for two-sided documents, and uppercase
+ may be used to indicate that the picture should float. The
+ overhang allows the figure to be
moved into the margin. The figure or table will entered into the
list of figures or tables if you use the <code>\</code><code>caption</code> command.
<p/> The environments do not work within list environments that end
@@ -45,25 +48,25 @@ LaTeX document).
parbox or minipage, and in twocolumn format.
<dt><code>picins</code><dd> <i>Picins</i> is part of a large bundle
that allows inclusion of pictures (e.g., with shadow boxes,
- various MSDOS formats, etc.). The command is:
-<p/> <blockquote>
- <code>\parpic(width,height)(x-off,y-off)[Options][Position]{Picture}</code><br>
+ various MSDOS formats, etc.). The command for inserting a
+ picture at the start of a paragraph is:
+ <blockquote>
+ <code>\</code><code>parpic</code><code>(width,height)(x-off,y-off)[Options][Position]{Picture}</code><br>
+ <em>Paragraph text</em>
</blockquote><p>
- <em>Paragraph text</em>
-
-<p/> All parameters except the <em>Picture</em> are optional. The picture
+
+ All parameters except the <em>Picture</em> are optional. The picture
can be positioned left or right, boxed with a rectangle, oval,
shadowbox, dashed box, and a caption can be given which will be
included in the list of figures.
<p/> Unfortunately (for those of us whose understanding of German is not
good), the documentation is in German. Piet van Oostrum has written
- an English summary.
+ a summary in English.
</dl>
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>floatflt.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt.zip">macros/latex/contrib/floatflt</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>picins.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/msdos/picins/picins.zip">systems/msdos/picins/picins.zip</a>
-<li>[picins documentation
- summary]<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/picins.txt">macros/latex209/contrib/picins/picins.txt</a>
+<dt><tt><i>picins.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins.zip">macros/latex209/contrib/picins</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>picins documentation summary</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/picins.txt">macros/latex209/contrib/picins/picins.txt</a>
<dt><tt><i>wrapfig.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig.zip">macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=textflow">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=textflow</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tfm.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tfm.html
index 9019d6f8677..7b48723f228 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tfm.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tfm.html
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ TFM files than there are PK files. TeX (LaTeX, etc.)
itself needs only to know about the sizes of characters and their
interactions with each other, but not what characters look like. By
contrast, TFM files are not, in principle, needed by the
-DVI driver, which needs to know about the glyphs that each
+DVI driver, which only needs to know about the glyphs that each
character selects, so as to print or display them.
<p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tfm">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tfm</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-the-commands.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-the-commands.html
index bba7f14641b..b7180d7fc5c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-the-commands.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-the-commands.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Redefining counters&rsquo; <code>\</code><code>the-</code>commands</h3>
<p/>Whenever you request a new LaTeX counter, LaTeX creates a bunch
-of behind-the-scenes commands, as well as definining the counter
+of behind-the-scenes commands, as well as defining the counter
itself.
<p/>Among other things, <code>\</code><code>newcounter{</code><em>fred</em><code>}</code> creates a command
<code>\</code><code>the</code><code><em>fred</em></code>, which expands to &ldquo;the value of
@@ -24,11 +24,13 @@ find yourself redefining things left, right and centre. Rather, use
the standard techniques for
<a href="FAQ-seccntfmt.html">adjusting the presentation of section numbers</a>.
<p/>Or, suppose you want the page number to appear at the bottom of each
-page surrounded by dashes (&ldquo;<code>-</code><code>- nnn -</code><code>-</code>&rdquo;). Would you want to
-achieve this by redefining <code>\</code><code>thepage</code>, given the likely appearance
-of the table of contents with the dashes attached every page number,
-or of the modified <code>\</code><code>pageref</code> references. In this case, the
-modification is best done by redefining the page style itself, perhaps
+page surrounded by dashes (as in
+&ldquo;<code>-</code><code>-~</code><code>nnn~-</code><code>-</code>&rdquo;).
+If you try to achieve this by redefining <code>\</code><code>thepage</code>, problems will
+arise from the use of the page number in the table of contents (each
+number will have the dashes attached), and <code>\</code><code>pageref</code> references
+will be oddly modified. In this case, the change of appearance is
+best done by redefining the page style itself, perhaps using
<a href="FAQ-fancyhdr.html">package <i>fancyhdr</i></a>.
<p/><p/><p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=the-commands">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=the-commands</a>
</body>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-theoremfmt.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-theoremfmt.html
index 485457a83e8..ec873f2af47 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-theoremfmt.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-theoremfmt.html
@@ -1,21 +1,25 @@
<head>
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label theoremfmt</title>
</head><body>
-<h3>Roman theorems</h3>
+<h3>Theorem bodies printed in a roman font</h3>
<p/>If you want to take advantage of the powerful <code>\</code><code>newtheorem</code> command
without the constraint that the contents of the theorem is in a sloped
-font (for example, to use it to create remarks, examples, proofs,
+font (for example, you may want to use it to create remarks, examples, proofs,
...) then you can use the AMSLaTeX <i>amsthm</i> package
(which now supersedes the <i>theorem</i> package previously
recommended in these answers).
Alternatively, the following sets up an environment
-<code>remark</code> whose content is in roman.
+<code>remark</code> whose content is in the default roman font.
+<blockquote>
+
<pre>
- \newtheorem{preremark}{Remark}
- \newenvironment{remark}%
- {\begin{preremark}\upshape}{\end{preremark}}
+\newtheorem{preremark}{Remark}
+\newenvironment{remark}%
+ {\begin{preremark}\upshape}{\end{preremark}}
</pre>
-The <i>ntheorem</i> package provides roman theorems directly.
+</blockquote><p>
+The <i>ntheorem</i> package provides control of the fonts used by
+theorems, directly.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>amsthm.sty</i></tt><dd>Distributed as part of <a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex.zip">macros/latex/required/amslatex</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>ntheorem.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem.zip">macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tocbibind.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tocbibind.html
index 82a5b21fffd..4e8fc66bf64 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tocbibind.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-tocbibind.html
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ table of contents to the relevant place in the file), a slight
adjustment is necessary:
<blockquote>
<pre>
-\phantomsection
\cleardoublepage
+\phantomsection
\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}
\bibliography{frooble}
</pre>
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ something to &ldquo;hold on to&rdquo; when making the link.
package, which provides many facilities to control the way these
entries appear in the table of contents.
<p/>Classes of the <i>KOMA-script</i> bundle provide this functionality
-as a set of class options; the <i>memoir</i> class includes
+as a set of class options (e.g., <code>bibtotoc</code> to add the
+bibliography to the table of contents); the <i>memoir</i> class includes
<i>tocbibind</i> itself.
<dl>
<dt><tt><i>hyperref.sty</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref.zip">macros/latex/contrib/hyperref</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/">browse</a>)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-topgraph.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-topgraph.html
index c8257657fe0..05632d25f2f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-topgraph.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-topgraph.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ as in:
}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-A more LaTeX-y way of doing the job (somewhat innefficiently) uses
+A more LaTeX-y way of doing the job (somewhat inefficiently) uses
the <i>calc</i> package:
<blockquote>
<pre>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-triptrap.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-triptrap.html
index 8170bd9165f..b08faeb6596 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-triptrap.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-triptrap.html
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ main path through the code of TeX. They are, to the casual reader,
pretty incomprehensible!
<p/>Once an implementation of TeX has passed its <code>trip</code> test, or an
implementation of Metafont has passed its <code>trap</code> test, then it may
-in principe be distributed as a working version. (In practice, any
+in principle be distributed as a working version. (In practice, any
distributor would test new versions against &ldquo;real&rdquo; documents or
fonts, too; <code>trip</code> and <code>trap</code> don&rsquo;t actually test any
for real world problems.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-type1T1.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-type1T1.html
index 3f394430699..cf1e34853d4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-type1T1.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-type1T1.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ bases on which the excellence of the TeX system rests.
since they allow us to map &ldquo;bits of DVI file&rdquo; to single
characters in the virtual font; so we can create an &ldquo;&eacute;&rdquo; character
by recreating the DVI commands that would result from the code
-&ldquo;<code>\&rsquo;</code><code>e</code>&rdquo;. However, since this involves two characters being
+&ldquo;<code>\</code><code>&rsquo;</code><code>e</code>&rdquo;. However, since this involves two characters being
selected from a font, the arrangement is sufficient to fool
<i>Acrobat</i> <i>Reader</i>: you can&rsquo;t use the program&rsquo;s
facilities for searching for text that contains inflected characters,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-typebooks.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-typebooks.html
index 149c2bebcb0..a898295a03c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-typebooks.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-typebooks.html
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ a more interesting overall view of types in general and some of their history.
(Senate, 1995, ISBN 1-85958-160-9)
<dt>An Introduction to the History of Printing Types<dd>by Geoffrey Dowding
(British Library, 1998, UK ISBN 0-7123-4563-9; USA ISBN 1-884718-44-2)
-<dt>The Alphabet Abecedarium<dd>by Richar A. Firmage
+<dt>The Alphabet Abecedarium<dd>by Richard A. Firmage
(David R. Godine, 1993, ISBN 0-87923-998-0)
<dt>The Alphabet and Elements of Lettering<dd>by Frederick Goudy
(Dover, 1963, ISBN 0-486-20792-7)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-underscore.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-underscore.html
index 6e76c707fb7..6008a15a443 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-underscore.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-underscore.html
@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
<title>UK TeX FAQ -- question label underscore</title>
</head><body>
<h3>How to use the underscore character</h3>
-<p/>The underscore character <code>_</code> is ordinarily used in
+<p/>The underscore character &lsquo;<code>_</code>&rsquo; is ordinarily used in
TeX to indicate a subscript in maths mode; if you type
-<code>_</code> in the course of ordinary text, TeX will
+<code>_</code>, on its own, in the course of ordinary text, TeX will
complain. If you&rsquo;re writing a document which will contain a large
number of underscore characters, the prospect of typing
<code>\</code><code>_</code> (or, worse, <code>\</code><code>textunderscore</code>) for every one of
them will daunt most ordinary people.
<p/>Moderately skilled macro programmers can readily generate a quick hack
-to permit typing <code>_</code> to mean &lsquo;text underscore&rsquo;.
+to permit typing &lsquo;<code>_</code>&rsquo; to mean &lsquo;text underscore&rsquo;.
However, the code <em>is</em> somewhat tricky, and more importantly
there are significant points where it&rsquo;s easy to get it wrong. There
is therefore a package <i>underscore</i> which provides a general
@@ -19,8 +19,9 @@ solution to this requirement.
underscore character, unless they&rsquo;re in the typewriter version of the
encoding (used by fixed-width fonts such as <code>cmtt</code>). So either
you must ensure that your underscore characters only occur in text set
-in a typewriter font, or you must use a fuller encoding, such as
-T1, which has an underscore character in every font.
+in a typewriter font, or you must use a more modern encoding, such as
+T1, which has the same layout for every font, and thus an
+underscore in every font.
<p/>If the requirement is only for occasional uses of underscores, it may
be acceptable to use the following construct:
<blockquote>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-useMF.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-useMF.html
index 9b13dc58fe0..d3eb8137324 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-useMF.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-useMF.html
@@ -43,16 +43,16 @@ ready to go. Under Unix (using the default <i>web2c</i>
distribution
)
this does indeed happen, but we could for instance define a command
-<i>mf</i> which executes <code>virmf &plain</code> loading the <code>plain</code> base
-file.
+<i>mf</i> which executes <code>virmf &amp;plain</code> loading the
+<code>plain</code> base file.
<p/>The usual way to create a font with <code>plain</code> Metafont is to start
-it with the line
+it with the
+line
<pre>
\mode=&lt;mode name&gt;; mag=&lt;magnification&gt;; input &lt;font file name&gt;
</pre>
-in
-response to the &lsquo;**&rsquo; prompt or on the Metafont command line. (If
+in response to the &lsquo;<code>**</code>&rsquo; prompt or on the Metafont command line. (If
<code>&lt;mode name&gt;</code> is unknown or omitted, the mode defaults to &lsquo;proof&rsquo; and
Metafont will produce an output file called
@@ -66,14 +66,15 @@ printer you would type
<pre>
mf \mode=epson; mag=magstep 1; input cmr10
</pre>
-Note that under Unix the <code>\</code> and <code>;</code> characters must usually be quoted or
-escaped, so this would typically look something like
+Note that under Unix the <code>\</code> and <code>;</code>
+characters must usually be quoted or escaped, so this would typically
+look something like
<pre>
- mf '\mode=epson; mag=magstep 1; input cmr10'
+ mf '\mode=epson; mag=magstep 1; input cmr10'
</pre>
<p/>If you don&rsquo;t have <i>inimf</i> or need a special mode that isn&rsquo;t
in the base, you can put its commands in a file (<em>e.g.</em>,
-<i>ln03.mf</i>) and invoke it on the fly with the <code>\smode</code> command.
+<i>ln03.mf</i>) and invoke it on the fly with the <code>\</code><code>smode</code> command.
For example, to create <i>cmr10.300gf</i> for an LN03 printer, using
the file
<pre>
@@ -87,8 +88,8 @@ the file
fillin:=-0.1;
o_correction:=.5;
</pre>
-(note the absence of the <code>mode_def</code> and <code>enddef</code> commands), you would
-type
+(note the absence of the <code>mode_def</code> and <code>enddef</code>
+commands), you would type
<pre>
mf \smode="ln03"; input cmr10
</pre>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-uselmfonts.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-uselmfonts.html
index aa74b0f99cc..c9beec26f7f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-uselmfonts.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-uselmfonts.html
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ systems.
single-entry <a href="FAQ-tds.html">TDS trees</a> &mdash;
<i>fonts</i>, <i>dvips</i>, <i>tex</i> and <i>doc</i>. The <i>doc</i>
subtree really need not be copied (it&rsquo;s really a pair of sample
-files), but copy the other three into your existing Local <code>$TEXMF</code>
-tree, and
+files), but copy the other three into your existing Local
+<code>$TEXMF</code> tree, and
<a href="FAQ-inst-wlcf.html">update the filename database</a>.
<p/>Now, incorporate the fonts in the set searched by PDFLaTeX,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-varwidth.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-varwidth.html
index e07dcc94418..31f029b31e8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-varwidth.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-varwidth.html
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ box of width exactly <code>2cm</code>,
text, at least). The package also provides a
<code>\</code><code>settominwidth[</code><em>min</em><code>]{</code><em>length</em><code>}{</code><em>text</em><code>}</code> (which looks (almost)
like the standard <code>\</code><code>settowidth</code> command), and a <code>\</code><code>widthofpbox</code>
-function analagous to the <code>\</code><code>widthof</code> command for use with the
+function analogous to the <code>\</code><code>widthof</code> command for use with the
<i>calc</i> package.
<p/>The <i>eqparbox</i> package extends <i>pbox</i>&rsquo;s idea, by
allowing you to set a series of boxes, all with the same (minimised)
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-verbfile.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-verbfile.html
index e5a36b9f191..08d6a2c9fc1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-verbfile.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-verbfile.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Including a file verbatim in LaTeX</h3>
<p/>A good way is to use Rainer Sch&ouml;pf&rsquo;s <i>verbatim</i> package,
-which provides a command <code>\verbatiminput</code> that takes a file name as
+which provides a command <code>\</code><code>verbatiminput</code> that takes a file name as
argument:
<blockquote>
<pre>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-vertposfp.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-vertposfp.html
index 131da7afdf5..ab7f42388c5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-vertposfp.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-vertposfp.html
@@ -19,10 +19,12 @@ their layout:
</dl>
(In fact, the output routine places a skip of <code>\</code><code>@fpsep</code> above each float, so
the <code>\</code><code>@fptop</code> skip is always followed by a correction for that.)
-<p/><p/>The LaTeX defaults are:<br>
-<code>\</code><code>@fptop</code> = <code>0pt + 1fil</code><br>
-<code>\</code><code>@fpsep</code> = <code>8pt + 2fil</code><br>
-<code>\</code><code>@fpbot</code> = <code>0pt + 1fil</code><br>
+<p/><p/>The LaTeX defaults are:
+<blockquote>
+ <code>\</code><code>@fptop</code> = <code>0pt + 1fil</code><br>
+ <code>\</code><code>@fpsep</code> = <code>8pt + 2fil</code><br>
+ <code>\</code><code>@fpbot</code> = <code>0pt + 1fil</code><br>
+</blockquote><p>
so that the gaps expand to fill the space not occupied by floats, but
if there is more than one float on the page, the gap between them will
expand to twice the space at top and bottom.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-webpkgs.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-webpkgs.html
index 0146ff376f5..c3e8a9421c5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-webpkgs.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-webpkgs.html
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ is written in ANSI C).
<dt><tt><i>nuweb</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/nuweb.zip">web/nuweb</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/nuweb.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/nuweb/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>schemeweb</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/schemeweb.zip">web/schemeweb</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/schemeweb.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/schemeweb/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>spiderweb</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/spiderweb.zip">web/spiderweb</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/spiderweb.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/spiderweb/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>tangle</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/web.zip">systems/knuth/web</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/web.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/knuth/web/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>tangle</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/web.zip">systems/knuth/dist/web</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/web.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/web/">browse</a>)
<dt><tt><i>tweb</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/tweb.zip">web/tweb</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/web/tweb.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/tweb/">browse</a>)
-<dt><tt><i>weave</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/web.zip">systems/knuth/web</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/web.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/knuth/web/">browse</a>)
+<dt><tt><i>weave</i></tt><dd><a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/web.zip">systems/knuth/dist/web</a> (<a href="ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/web.tar.gz">gzipped tar</a>, <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/web/">browse</a>)
</dl>
<p/>
<p/><p/><p/><p>This question on the Web: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=webpkgs">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=webpkgs</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-what-TDS.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-what-TDS.html
index 54a5adca4f3..a6e44a2149f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-what-TDS.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-what-TDS.html
@@ -3,29 +3,24 @@
</head><body>
<h3>Which tree to use</h3>
<p/>In almost all cases, new material that you install should go into the
-&ldquo;local&rdquo; tree of your (La)TeX installation. The root directory
-will be named something like:
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-teTeX or TeX-live: /usr/share/texmf-local/ or
- /usr/local/share/texmf/
-MiKTeX: c:\localtexmf\
-</pre>
-</blockquote><p>
-You can ask a Unix-alike system (such as teTeX or TeX-live) where
-it believes a local tree should be:
+&ldquo;local&rdquo; tree of your (La)TeX installation. (A discussion of
+reasons <em>not</em> to use the local tree appears below.)
+<p/>On a Unix(-alike) system, using teTeX or TeX Live, the root
+directory will be named something like <i>/usr/share/texmf-local/</i>
+or <i>/usr/local/share/texmf/</i>
+You can ask such a system where it believes a local tree should be:
<blockquote>
<pre>
kpsewhich -expand-var "\$TEXMFLOCAL"
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-the output being the actual path, for example:
+the output being the actual path, for example (on the workstation the
+author is using today):
<blockquote>
<pre>
/usr/local/share/texmf
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-on the workstation the author is using today.
<p/>In a MiKTeX installation, the location will in fact typically be
something you specified yourself when you installed MiKTeX in the
first place, but you may find you need to create one. The MiKTeX
@@ -37,24 +32,31 @@ first place, but you may find you need to create one. The MiKTeX
has a tab &ldquo;<code>Roots</code>&rdquo;; that tab gives a list of current
TDS roots (they&rsquo;re typically not called
<code>texmf</code>-anything). If there&rsquo;s not one there with
-&ldquo;<code>local</code>&rdquo; in its name, create an appropriate one (say
-&ldquo;<code>Local TeX Files</code>&rdquo;), and register it using the window&rsquo;s
-&ldquo;<code>Add</code>&rdquo; button. The
-<a href="http://docs.miktex.org/faq/maintenance.html">Miktex FAQ</a>
+&ldquo;<code>local</code>&rdquo; in its name, create an appropriate one (see below),
+and register it using the window&rsquo;s
+&ldquo;<code>Add</code>&rdquo; button.
+<p/>The
+<a href="http://docs.miktex.org/faq/maintenance.html">MiKTeX FAQ</a>
suggests that you should create
-<code>C:textbackslashLocal TeX Files</code>, which is good if you
+&ldquo;<code>C:\Local TeX Files</code>&rdquo;, which is good if you
manage your own machine, but often not even possible in corporate, or
-similar, environments where you will need to create a directory
-somewhere <em>you</em>, rather than the system, control).
-<p/>There are circumstances when you might not wish to do this:
+similar, environments ­&ndash; in such situations, the user may have no
+control over the hard disc of the computer, at all.
+<p/>So the real criterion is that your local tree should be somewhere that
+<em>you</em>, rather than the system, control. Restrictive systems often
+provide a &ldquo;home directory&rdquo; for each user, mounted as a network
+drive; this is a natural home for the user&rsquo;s local tree. Other (often
+academic) environments assume the user is going to provide a memory
+stick, and will assign it a defined drive letter ­&ndash; another good
+candidate location. Note that the semantics of such a tree are
+indistinguishable from those of a
+<a href="FAQ-privinst.html">&ldquo;home&rdquo; TEXMF tree</a>.
+<p/>There are circumstances when you might not wish to use the &lsquo;local&rsquo; tree:
<ul>
<li> if the package, or whatever, is &ldquo;personal&rdquo; (for example,
something commercial that has been licensed to you alone, or
something you&rsquo;re developing yourself), the package should go in your
<a href="FAQ-privinst.html">&ldquo;home&rdquo; TEXMF tree</a>;
-<li> if you have no privilege to write to the local tree, you are
- again unlikely to be able to put the package anywhere other than
- your home tree; or
<li> if you <em>know</em> that the package you are installing is a
replacement for the copy on the TEXMF tree of your (La)TeX
distribution, you should replace the existing copy in the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-whereFAQ.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-whereFAQ.html
index 2696295bd96..8fccd8c871a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-whereFAQ.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-whereFAQ.html
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ best using Adobe Acrobat Reader 7 (or later); some features are
missing with other readers, or with earlier versions of Acrobat Reader
<p/>Another excellent information source, available in English, is the
<a href="http://tex.loria.fr">(La)TeX navigator</a>.
-<p/>Both the Francophone TeX usergroup Gutenberg and the Czech/Slovak
-usergroup CS-TUG have published translations of this FAQ, with
+<p/>Both the Francophone TeX user group Gutenberg and the Czech/Slovak
+user group CS-TUG have published translations of this FAQ, with
extensions appropriate to their languages.
<p/>Herbert Voss&rsquo;s excellent
<a href="http://texnik.de/">LaTeX tips and tricks</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-wholerow.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-wholerow.html
index dffcf55605b..a4b39068e90 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-wholerow.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-wholerow.html
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ than columns. So, we set things up by:
}
</pre>
</blockquote><p>
-Now, we put &lsquo;<code>$</code>&rsquo; before the first column specifier; and we put &lsquo;<code>^</code>&rsquo;
+Now, we put &lsquo;<code>$</code>&rsquo; before the first column specifier; and we
+put &lsquo;<code>\textasciicircum</code>&rsquo;
before the modifiers of subsequent ones. We then use <code>\</code><code>rowstyle</code> at
the start of each row we want to modify:
<blockquote>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-xetex.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-xetex.html
index f7b87439694..6c7acf95289 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-xetex.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-xetex.html
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ access) to generate PDF output. XeTeX supports Unicode
character sets and bidirectional typesetting, and is widely used by
people studying linguistics, as well as an increasing range of people
working in other fields.
-<p/>A Linux and Unix-system version is available in TeX-live 2007; that
+<p/>A Linux and Unix-system version is available in TeX Live 2007; that
version (of course) relies on OpenType fonts alone. A version is
planned for MiKTeX version 2.7 (currently planned for December 2007).
<p/>The project has a <a href="http://scripts.sil.org/xetex">web site</a> for
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-y2k.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-y2k.html
index 6a2fc01eff3..b82b4ae7604 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-y2k.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-y2k.html
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
due to any change whatever in the date of any sort.
<dt>Timestamps:<dd> In the original sources, a 2-digit year was
stored as the creation time for format files and that value is
- printed in logfiles. These items should not be of general concern,
+ printed in log-files. These items should not be of general concern,
since the only use of the date format file is to produce the log
output, and the log file is designed for human readers only.
-<p/> Knuth announced in 1998 that implementators could
+<p/> Knuth announced in 1998 that implementors could
alter this code without fear of being accused of non-compliance.
Nearly all implementations that are being actively maintained had
been modified to generate 4-digit years in the format file and the
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
<p/> Note that if the system itself fails to deliver a correct date to
TeX, then <code>\</code><code>year</code> will of course return an incorrect value.
TeX cannot be considered Y2K compliant, in this sense, on a
- system that is not itself Y2K compliant.
+system that is not itself Y2K compliant.
<dt>Macros:<dd> TeX macros can in principle perform calculations on
the basis of the value of <code>\</code><code>year</code>.
The <a href="FAQ-latex.html">LaTeX suite</a>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/index.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/index.html
index d663bc845e6..50794891d0b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/index.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/FAQ-en/html/index.html
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ Damian Cugley,
Michael Dewey,
Michael Downes,
Jean-Pierre Drucbert,
+Michael Ernst,
Thomas Esser,
Ulrike Fischer,
@@ -62,14 +63,17 @@ Anthony Goreham,
Norman Gray,
Eitan Gurari,
William Hammond,
+John Harper,
John Hammond,
Troy Henderson,
Hartmut Henkel,
+Stephan Hennig,
John Hobby,
Morten H&oslash;gholm,
Berthold Horn,
Ian Hutchinson,
Werner Icking,
+William Ingram,
Alan Jeffrey,
Regnor Jernsletten,
David Kastrup,
@@ -77,6 +81,7 @@ Oleg Katsitadze,
Isaac Khabaza,
Ulrich Klauer,
Markus Kohm,
+David Kraus,
Ryszard Kubiak,
Simon Law,
Daniel Luecking,
@@ -178,6 +183,7 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
<li><a href="FAQ-fontnamehtml">What is the &ldquo;Berry naming scheme&rdquo;</a>
</ul><h3>Acquiring the Software</h3><ul>
<li><a href="FAQ-archiveshtml">Repositories of TeX material</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-tds-ziphtml">Prebuilt installation files on the archive</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-nonfreehtml">What&rsquo;s the CTAN <code>nonfree</code> tree?</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-uploadshtml">Contributing a file to the archives</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-findfileshtml">Finding (La)TeX files</a>
@@ -218,13 +224,16 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
<li><a href="FAQ-what-TDShtml">Which tree to use</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-install-wherehtml">Where to install packages</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-inst-tidyhtml">Tidying up after installation</a>
-<li><a href="FAQ-inst-miktexhtml">Installing MiKTeX &ldquo;known packages&rdquo;</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-inst-scuthtml">Shortcuts to installing files</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-inst-miktex*html">Installation using MiKTeX package manager</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-inst-tds-ziphtml">Installing using preformatted ZIP files</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-tempinsthtml">&ldquo;Temporary&rdquo; installation of (La)TeX files</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-privinsthtml">&ldquo;Private&rdquo; installations of files</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-instfonthtml">Installing a new font</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-instmffonthtml">Installing a font provided as Metafont source</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-instprinterfonthtml">Installing a PostScript printer built-in font</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-inst1cmhtml">Installing the Bluesky versions of the CM fonts</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-prept1fonthtml">Preparing a Type 1 font</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-instt1fonthtml">Installing a Type 1 font</a>
</ul><h3>Fonts</h3><ul>
</ul><h4>Metafont fonts</h4><ul>
@@ -281,7 +290,7 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
<li><a href="FAQ-bibplainhtml">Using BibTeX with Plain TeX</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-makebibhtml">Reconstructing <code>.bib</code> files</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-bibprefixsorthtml">BibTeX sorting and name prefixes</a>
-<li><a href="FAQ-bibtranscinithtml">Transcribed initials in BibTeX</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-bibtranscinithtml">&lsquo;Multi-letter&rsquo; initials in BibTeX</a>
</ul><h4>Creating citations</h4><ul>
<li><a href="FAQ-usebibtexhtml">&ldquo;Normal&rdquo; use of BibTeX from LaTeX</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-whatbsthtml">Choosing a bibliography style</a>
@@ -326,7 +335,9 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
<li><a href="FAQ-nofmhtml">Page numbering &ldquo;&lt;<i>n</i>&gt; of &lt;<i>m</i>&gt;&rdquo;</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-pagebychaphtml">Page numbering by chapter</a>
</ul><h4>Page layout</h4><ul>
-<li><a href="FAQ-papersizehtml">Printer paper sizes</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-papersizehtml">The size of printed output</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-acroanticshtml">Adobe <i>Reader</i> messing with print size</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-papergeomhtml">Getting the right paper geometry from (La)TeX</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-changemarginhtml">Changing the margins in LaTeX</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-marginpkgshtml">Packages to set up page designs</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-marginmanualhtml">How to set up page layout &ldquo;by hand&rdquo;</a>
@@ -374,7 +385,7 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
</ul><h3>How do I do...?</h3><ul>
</ul><h4>Mathematics</h4><ul>
<li><a href="FAQ-proofhtml">Proof environment</a>
-<li><a href="FAQ-theoremfmthtml">Roman theorems</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-theoremfmthtml">Theorem bodies printed in a roman font</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-newfunctionhtml">Defining a new log-like function in LaTeX</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-brakethtml">Set specifications and Dirac brackets</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-cancellationhtml">Cancelling terms in maths expressions</a>
@@ -423,7 +434,7 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
<li><a href="FAQ-changebarshtml">Marking changed parts of your document</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-conditionalhtml">Conditional compilation and &ldquo;comments&rdquo;</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-docotherdirhtml">Bits of document from other directories</a>
-<li><a href="FAQ-RCShtml">Version control using RCS, CVS or <i>Subversion</i></a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-RCShtml">Version control using RCS, CVS or the like</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-makehtml">Makefiles for LaTeX documents</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-howmanypphtml">How many pages are there in my document?</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-inclplainhtml">Including Plain TeX files in LaTeX</a>
@@ -500,7 +511,7 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
<li><a href="FAQ-widowshtml">Controlling widows and orphans</a>
</ul><h4>Things have &ldquo;gone away&rdquo;</h4><ul>
<li><a href="FAQ-oldfontnameshtml">Old LaTeX font references such as <code>\</code><code>tenrm</code></a>
-<li><a href="FAQ-missssymbhtml">Missing symbol commands</a>
+<li><a href="FAQ-misssymbhtml">Missing symbol commands</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-msxyhtml">Where are the <code>msx</code> and <code>msy</code> fonts?</a>
<li><a href="FAQ-amfontshtml">Where are the <code>am</code> fonts?</a>
</ul><h3>Why does it <em>do</em> that?</h3><ul>
@@ -597,5 +608,5 @@ Reinhard Zierke.
"<a href="FAQ-noans.html">Improving the FAQ</a>" or
"<a href="FAQ-newans.html">Extending the FAQ</a>".
<p>
- This is FAQ version 3.17, last modified on 2007-11-05.
+ This is FAQ version 3.18, last modified on 2008-06-20.
</address>